CMM-006-15536-0006 - 6 - Radar Altimeter

COMPONENT MAINTENANCE
MANUAL
KRA 405B
RADAR
ALTIMETER
MANUAL NUMBER 006-15536-0006

REVISION 6 FEBRUARY, 2006
THIS PUBLICATION MAY BE CONTROLLED BY THE U.S. DEPARTMENT OF STATE INTER-
NATIONAL TRAFFIC IN ARMS REGULATIONS (ITAR) 22 CFR 120-130 OR THE U.S.
DEPARTMENT OF COMMERCE EXPORT ADMINISTRATION REGULATIONS (EAR), AND
MAY NOT BE EXPORTED OUT OF THE UNITED STATE OR BE PROVIDED TO FOREIGN
PERSONS (AS DEFINED BY THE ITAR) LOCATED WITHIN THE UNITED STATES, WITHOUT
THE APPROPRIATE PRIOR AUTHORIZATIONS FROM THE U.S. GOVERNMENT. DIVER-
SION CONTRARY TO U.S. EXPORT LAWS AND REGULATIONS IS PROHIBITED.
COPYRIGHT NOTICE
©1997, 1999, 2002, 2003, 2005, 2006 Honeywell International Inc.
REPRODUCTION OF THIS PUBLICATION OR ANY PORTION THEREOF BY ANY MEANS

WITHOUT THE EXPRESS WRITTEN PERMISSION OF HONEYWELL IS PROHIBITED,
EXCEPT TO THE EXTENT REQUIRED FOR INSTALLATION OR MAINTENANCE OF THE
RECIPIENT’S EQUIPMENT. FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT THE MANAGER,
TECHNICAL PUBLICATIONS, HONEYWELL, ONE TECHNOLOGY CENTER, 23500 WEST
105th STREET OLATHE KS 66061 TELEPHONE: (913) 712-0400.
N
KRA 405B (UNIT P/N 066-01153-()) COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Component Maintenance Manual

with Illustrated Parts List
006-15536-0006
KRA 405B
Radar Altimeter
Part Number 066-01153-()
T-1
006-15536-0006 Rev. 6 34-42-10 Feb/2006
N
NOTE
IF ANY UNUSUAL OR SPECIFIC SERVICE PROBLEMS ARISE, CONTACT HONEYWELL,

23500 WEST 105TH STREET, OLATHE, KANSAS, 66061. NO EQUIPMENT SHALL BE
RETURNED TO THE CUSTOMER SERVICE DEPARTMENT UNTIL A RETURN
AUTHORIZATION (RA) FORM IS REQUESTED AND RECEIVED FROM HONEYWELL.
PROPRIETARY NOTICE
This document contains proprietary information and

such information may not be disclosed to others for
any purpose, nor used for manufacturing purposes
without written permission from Honeywell.
PN-1
006-15536-0006 Rev. 6 34-42-10 Feb/2006
N
REVISION HIGHLIGHTS
006-15536-0006 Rev. 6
Feb/2006
This is a complete reprint. All pages are revised and reformatted. Specific
changes to content are denoted by change bars.
Revision highlight(s) include changes to section 1000 and updates to the Sche-
matic section (2000) and the Illustrated Parts List section (10000).
RH-1
006-15536-0006 Rev. 6 34-42-10 Feb/2006
N
THIS PAGE IS RESERVED
RH-2
006-15536-0006 Rev. 6 34-42-10 Feb/2006
N
RECORD OF REVISIONS
REV. REVISION DATE DATE

BY BY
NO. DATE INSERTED REMOVED
Complete through
Revision 6
RR-1
006-15536-0006 Rev. 6 34-42-10 Feb/2006
N
RECORD OF REVISIONS (cont.)
REV. REVISION DATE DATE

BY BY
NO. DATE INSERTED REMOVED
RR-2
006-15536-0006 Rev. 6 34-42-10 Feb/2006
N
The Service Bulletins listed below have been incorporated in this manual.
SERVICE/SOFTWARE MANUAL MANUAL

BULLETIN NUMBER REVISION REVISION EFFECTIVITY
(Honeywell No.) NUMBER DATE
KRA 405B-1 2 Feb/2002 S/N 1800
KRA 405B-2 2 Feb/2002 S/N 2232
KRA 405B-3 2 Feb/2002 S/N 2203
KRA 405B-4 2 Feb/2002 S/N 2706
KRA 405B-SW1 2 Feb/2002 S/N 1831
KRA 405B-SW2 2 Feb/2002 S/N 2033
KRA 405B-5 3 Nov/2003 See Service Bulletin For Details
KRA 405B-6 3 Nov/2003 See Service Bulletin For Details
KRA 405B-7 3 Nov/2003 S/N 3686
KRA 405B-8 3 Nov/2003 S/N 3686
KRA 405B-9 3 Nov/2003 S/N 3895
KRA 405B-10 4 Mar/2005 S/N 4390
KRA 405B-11 5 Oct/2005 S/N 4575
KRA 405B-12 5 Oct/2005 S/N 4708
KRA 405B-13 6 Feb/2006 S/N 5207
KRA 405B-M1 6 Feb/2006 -2001 Units with Mod 12 incorp.
SB-1
006-15536-0006 Rev. 6 34-42-10 Feb/2006
N
SB-2
006-15536-0006 Rev. 6 34-42-10 Feb/2006
N
Title Page * T-1 Feb/2006

Proprietary Notice * PN-1 Feb/2006
Revision Highlights * RH-1 Feb/2006

* RH-2 Feb/2006
Record of Revisions * RR-1 Feb/2006

* RR-2 Feb/2006
Service Bulletin List * SB-1 Feb/2006

* SB-2 Feb/2006
List of Effective Pages * LEP-1 Feb/2006

* LEP-2 Feb/2006
* LEP-3 Feb/2006
* LEP-4 Feb/2006
* LEP-5 Feb/2006
* LEP-6 Feb/2006
* LEP-7 Feb/2006
* LEP-8 Feb/2006
* LEP-9 Feb/2006
* LEP-10 Feb/2006
* LEP-11 Feb/2006
* LEP-12 Feb/2006
Table of Contents * TC-1 Feb/2006

* TC-2 Feb/2006
* TC-3 Feb/2006
* TC-4 Feb/2006
* TC-5 Feb/2006
* TC-6 Feb/2006
* TC-7 Feb/2006
* TC-8 Feb/2006
* TC-9 Feb/2006
* TC-10 Feb/2006
Introduction * INTRO-1 Feb/2006
Description and Operation * 0 Feb/2006

* 1 Feb/2006
* 2 Feb/2006
* 3 Feb/2006
* 4 Feb/2006
* 5 Feb/2006
* 6 Feb/2006
“F” INDICATES FOLDOUT PAGES; * INDICATES PAGES CHANGED IN LATEST REVISION LEP-1
006-15536-0006 Rev. 6 34-42-10 Feb/2006
N
Description and Operation (cont). * 7 Feb/2006

* 8 Feb/2006
* 9 Feb/2006
* 10 Feb/2006
* 11 Feb/2006
* 12 Feb/2006
* 13 Feb/2006
* 14 Feb/2006
* 15 Feb/2006
* 16 Feb/2006
* 17 Feb/2006
* 18 Feb/2006
F * 19 Feb/2006
20 Blank
F * 21 Feb/2006
22 Blank
F * 23 Feb/2006
24 Blank
F * 25 Feb/2006
26 Blank
F * 27 Feb/2006
28 Blank
F * 29 Feb/2006
30 Blank
* 31 Feb/2006
* 32 Feb/2006
* 33 Feb/2006
* 34 Feb/2006
* 35 Feb/2006
* 36 Feb/2006
* 37 Feb/2006
* 38 Feb/2006
* 39 Feb/2006
* 40 Feb/2006
* 41 Feb/2006
* 42 Feb/2006
* 43 Feb/2006
* 44 Feb/2006
* 45 Feb/2006
* 46 Feb/2006
* 47 Feb/2006
* 48 Feb/2006
* 49 Feb/2006
* 50 Feb/2006
* 51 Feb/2006
006-15536-0006 Rev. 6 34-42-10 Feb/2006
N
Description and Operation (cont). * 52 Feb/2006

* 53 Feb/2006
* 54 Feb/2006
* 55 Feb/2006
* 56 Feb/2006
* 57 Feb/2006
* 58 Feb/2006
* 59 Feb/2006
* 60 Feb/2006
* 61 Feb/2006
* 62 Feb/2006
* 63 Feb/2006
* 64 Feb/2006
* 65 Feb/2006
* 66 Feb/2006
* 67 Feb/2006
* 68 Feb/2006
Testing and Fault Isolation * 1001 Feb/2006

* 1002 Feb/2006
* 1003 Feb/2006
* 1004 Feb/2006
* 1005 Feb/2006
* 1006 Feb/2006
* 1007 Feb/2006
* 1008 Feb/2006
* 1009 Feb/2006
* 1010 Feb/2006
* 1011 Feb/2006
* 1012 Feb/2006
* 1013 Feb/2006
* 1014 Feb/2006
* 1015 Feb/2006
* 1016 Feb/2006
* 1017 Feb/2006
* 1018 Feb/2006
* 1019 Feb/2006
* 1020 Feb/2006
* 1021 Feb/2006
* 1022 Feb/2006
* 1023 Feb/2006
* 1024 Feb/2006
* 1025 Feb/2006
* 1026 Feb/2006
* 1027 Feb/2006
006-15536-0006 Rev. 6 34-42-10 Feb/2006
N
Testing and Fault Isolation (cont). * 1028 Feb/2006

* 1029 Feb/2006
* 1030 Feb/2006
* 1031 Feb/2006
* 1032 Feb/2006
* 1033 Feb/2006
* 1034 Feb/2006
* 1035 Feb/2006
* 1036 Feb/2006
* 1037 Feb/2006
* 1038 Feb/2006
* 1039 Feb/2006
* 1040 Feb/2006
* 1041 Feb/2006
* 1042 Feb/2006
* 1043 Feb/2006
* 1044 Feb/2006
* 1045 Feb/2006
* 1046 Feb/2006
* 1047 Feb/2006
* 1048 Feb/2006
* 1049 Feb/2006
* 1050 Feb/2006
* 1051 Feb/2006
* 1052 Feb/2006
* 1053 Feb/2006
* 1054 Feb/2006
* 1055 Feb/2006
* 1056 Feb/2006
* 1057 Feb/2006
* 1058 Feb/2006
Schematics * 2001 Feb/2006

* 2002 Feb/2006
* 2003 Feb/2006
* 2004 Feb/2006
F * 2005 Feb/2006
2006 Blank
F * 2007 Feb/2006
2008 Blank
F * 2009 Feb/2006
2010 Blank
F * 2011 Feb/2006
2012 Blank
F * 2013 Feb/2006
006-15536-0006 Rev. 6 34-42-10 Feb/2006
N
Schematics (cont). 2014 Blank

F * 2015 Feb/2006
2016 Blank
* 2017 Feb/2006
* 2018 Feb/2006
* 2019 Feb/2006
* 2020 Feb/2006
* 2021 Feb/2006
* 2022 Feb/2006
* 2023 Feb/2006
* 2024 Feb/2006
* 2025 Feb/2006
* 2026 Feb/2006
* 2027 Feb/2006
* 2028 Feb/2006
F * 2029 Feb/2006
2030 Blank
F * 2031 Feb/2006
2032 Blank
F * 2033 Feb/2006
2034 Blank
F * 2035 Feb/2006
2036 Blank
F * 2037 Feb/2006
2038 Blank
F * 2039 Feb/2006
2040 Blank
F * 2041 Feb/2006
2042 Blank
F * 2043 Feb/2006
2044 Blank
F * 2045 Feb/2006
2046 Blank
F * 2047 Feb/2006
2048 Blank
F * 2049 Feb/2006
2050 Blank
F * 2051 Feb/2006
2052 Blank
F * 2053 Feb/2006
2054 Blank
F * 2055 Feb/2006
2056 Blank
F * 2057 Feb/2006
2058 Blank
006-15536-0006 Rev. 6 34-42-10 Feb/2006
N
Schematics (cont). F * 2059 Feb/2006

2060 Blank
F * 2061 Feb/2006
2062 Blank
F * 2063 Feb/2006
2064 Blank
F * 2065 Feb/2006
2066 Blank
F * 2067 Feb/2006
2068 Blank
F * 2069 Feb/2006
2070 Blank
F * 2071 Feb/2006
2072 Blank
F * 2073 Feb/2006
2074 Blank
F * 2075 Feb/2006
2076 Blank
F * 2077 Feb/2006
2078 Blank
F * 2079 Feb/2006
2080 Blank
F * 2081 Feb/2006
2082 Blank
F * 2083 Feb/2006
2084 Blank
F * 2085 Feb/2006
2086 Blank
F * 2087 Feb/2006
2088 Blank
F * 2089 Feb/2006
2090 Blank
F * 2091 Feb/2006
2092 Blank
F * 2093 Feb/2006
2094 Blank
F * 2095 Feb/2006
2096 Blank
* 2097 Feb/2006
* 2098 Feb/2006
* 2099 Feb/2006
* 2100 Feb/2006
F * 2101 Feb/2006
2102 Blank
006-15536-0006 Rev. 6 34-42-10 Feb/2006
N

2104 Blank
F * 2105 Feb/2006
2106 Blank
F * 2107 Feb/2006
2108 Blank
F * 2109 Feb/2006
2110 Blank
F * 2111 Feb/2006
2112 Blank
F * 2113 Feb/2006
2114 Blank
F * 2115 Feb/2006
2116 Blank
F * 2117 Feb/2006
2118 Blank
F * 2119 Feb/2006
2120 Blank
F * 2121 Feb/2006
2122 Blank
F * 2123 Feb/2006
2124 Blank
F * 2125 Feb/2006
2126 Blank
F * 2127 Feb/2006
2128 Blank
F * 2129 Feb/2006
2130 Blank
F * 2131 Feb/2006
2132 Blank
F * 2133 Feb/2006
2134 Blank
F * 2135 Feb/2006
2136 Blank
F * 2137 Feb/2006
2138 Blank
F * 2139 Feb/2006
2140 Blank
F * 2141 Feb/2006
2142 Blank
F * 2143 Feb/2006
2144 Blank
F * 2145 Feb/2006
2146 Blank
006-15536-0006 Rev. 6 34-42-10 Feb/2006
N

2148 Blank
F * 2149 Feb/2006
2150 Blank
F * 2151 Feb/2006
2152 Blank
F * 2153 Feb/2006
2154 Blank
F * 2155 Feb/2006
2156 Blank
F * 2157 Feb/2006
2158 Blank
F * 2159 Feb/2006
2160 Blank
F * 2161 Feb/2006
2162 Blank
F * 2163 Feb/2006
2164 Blank
F * 2165 Feb/2006
2166 Blank
F * 2167 Feb/2006
2168 Blank
F * 2169 Feb/2006
2170 Blank
F * 2171 Feb/2006
2172 Blank
F * 2173 Feb/2006
2174 Blank
F * 2175 Feb/2006
2176 Blank
F * 2177 Feb/2006
2178 Blank
F * 2179 Feb/2006
2180 Blank
F * 2181 Feb/2006
2182 Blank
F * 2183 Feb/2006
2184 Blank
F * 2185 Feb/2006
2186 Blank
F * 2187 Feb/2006
2188 Blank
F * 2189 Feb/2006
2190 Blank
F * 2191 Feb/2006
006-15536-0006 Rev. 6 34-42-10 Feb/2006
N
Schematics (cont). 2192 Blank

F * 2193 Feb/2006
2194 Blank
F * 2195 Feb/2006
2196 Blank
F * 2197 Feb/2006
2198 Blank
* 2199 Feb/2006
* 2200 Feb/2006
* 2201 Feb/2006
* 2202 Feb/2006
F * 2203 Feb/2006
2204 Blank
F * 2205 Feb/2006
2206 Blank
F * 2207 Feb/2006
2208 Blank
F * 2209 Feb/2006
2210 Blank
F * 2211 Feb/2006
2212 Blank
Disassembly * 3001 Feb/2006

* 3002 Feb/2006
Cleaning * 4001 Feb/2006

* 4002 Feb/2006
* 4003 Feb/2006
* 4004 Feb/2006
* 4005 Feb/2006
* 4006 Feb/2006
Check * 5001 Feb/2006

* 5002 Feb/2006
* 5003 Feb/2006
* 5004 Feb/2006
Repair * 6001 Feb/2006

* 6002 Feb/2006
* 6003 Feb/2006
* 6004 Feb/2006
* 6005 Feb/2006
* 6006 Feb/2006
* 6007 Feb/2006
* 6008 Feb/2006
006-15536-0006 Rev. 6 34-42-10 Feb/2006
N
Repair (cont). * 6009 Feb/2006

* 6010 Feb/2006
* 6011 Feb/2006
* 6012 Feb/2006
* 6013 Feb/2006
* 6014 Feb/2006
* 6015 Feb/2006
* 6016 Feb/2006
Assembly * 7001 Feb/2006

* 7002 Feb/2006
* 7003 Feb/2006
* 7004 Feb/2006
Special Tools, Fixtures and * 9001 Feb/2006

Equipment * 9002 Feb/2006
* 9003 Feb/2006
* 9004 Feb/2006
F * 9005 Feb/2006
9006 Blank
Illustrated Parts List * 10001 Feb/2006

* 10002 Feb/2006
* 10003 Feb/2006
* 10004 Feb/2006
F * 10005 Feb/2006
10006 Blank
F * 10007 Feb/2006
10008 Blank
* 10009 Feb/2006
* 10010 Feb/2006
* 10011 Feb/2006
* 10012 Feb/2006
* 10013 Feb/2006
* 10014 Feb/2006
* 10015 Feb/2006
* 10016 Feb/2006
* 10017 Feb/2006
* 10018 Feb/2006
F * 10019 Feb/2006
10020 Blank
F * 10021 Feb/2006
10022 Blank
F * 10023 Feb/2006
10024 Blank
006-15536-0006 Rev. 6 34-42-10 Feb/2006
N
Illustrated Parts List (cont). F * 10025 Feb/2006

10026 Blank
F * 10027 Feb/2006
10028 Blank
F * 10029 Feb/2006
10030 Blank
F * 10031 Feb/2006
10032 Blank
F * 10033 Feb/2006
10034 Blank
F * 10035 Feb/2006
10036 Blank
* 10037 Feb/2006
* 10038 Feb/2006
* 10039 Feb/2006
* 10040 Feb/2006
* 10041 Feb/2006
* 10042 Feb/2006
* 10043 Feb/2006
* 10044 Feb/2006
* 10045 Feb/2006
* 10046 Feb/2006
F * 10047 Feb/2006
10048 Blank
F * 10049 Feb/2006
10050 Blank
F * 10051 Feb/2006
10052 Blank
F * 10053 Feb/2006
10054 Blank
F * 10055 Feb/2006
10056 Blank
* 10057 Feb/2006
* 10058 Feb/2006
* 10059 Feb/2006
* 10060 Feb/2006
* 10061 Feb/2006
* 10062 Feb/2006
* 10063 Feb/2006
* 10064 Feb/2006
* 10065 Feb/2006
* 10066 Feb/2006
* 10067 Feb/2006
* 10068 Feb/2006
F * 10069 Feb/2006
006-15536-0006 Rev. 6 34-42-10 Feb/2006
N
Illustrated Parts List (cont). 10070 Blank

F * 10071 Feb/2006
10072 Blank
* 10073 Feb/2006
* 10074 Feb/2006
Storage * 15001 Feb/2006

* 15002 Feb/2006
006-15536-0006 Rev. 6 34-42-10 Feb/2006
N
TABLE OF CONTENTS
Item Page
DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION
1. General ...............................................................1
A. Purpose of Equipment ............................................1
B. KRA 405B Part Numbers ...........................................1
C. Related Publications ............................................1
D. ESDS Device Labels and Symbols ..................................2
2. Configurations Available ..............................................4
3. Leading Particulars ...................................................4

A. KRA 405B Radar Altimeter ........................................4
B. Environmental Certification .....................................5
4. Brief Description of Equipment .......................................11

A. Mechanical Description .........................................11
B. Electrical Description .........................................11
C. Logic/Power Supply and RF Board Compatibility ..................12
5. Theory of Operation ..................................................14

A. Overall Operation ..............................................14
B. Simplified Block Diagram Description ...........................15
C. Detailed Theory of Operation ...................................31
TESTING AND FAULT ISOLATION
1. General ............................................................1001
2. Test Equipment Required ............................................1001
3. Functional Test Procedures .........................................1001

A. General ......................................................1001
B. Minimum Performance Test Procedures (In-Service Field Units) .1002
4. Fault Isolation Procedures .........................................1036

A. General ......................................................1036
TC-1
006-15536-0006 Rev. 6 34-42-10 Feb/2006
N
Item Page
B. Test Setup ...................................................1036

C. Troubleshooting Procedures ...................................1036
5. Alignment Procedures ...............................................1055
6. Retest Procedure ...................................................1055
7. Service Information ................................................1055

A. Test Equipment Usage .........................................1055
B. Capacitor Testing ............................................1055
C. Transistor Testing ...........................................1056
D. Integrated Circuit Testing ...................................1057
SCHEMATIC DIAGRAMS
1. General ............................................................2001
2. Summary of Unit Changes ............................................2001
3. Summary of Changes and Schematic Diagrams ..........................2001
DISASSEMBLY
1. General ............................................................3001
2. Recommended Disassembly Procedures .................................3001

A. Unit Cover Removal and Disassembly ...........................3001
B. Logic/Power Supply Board Removal and Disassembly .............3001
C. RF Board Assembly Removal and Disassembly ....................3002
D. Interconnect Board Removal and Disassembly ...................3002
CLEANING
1. General ............................................................4001
2. Recommended Cleaning Agents ........................................4001
3. Recommended Cleaning Procedures ....................................4002

A. Exterior .....................................................4002
B. Interior .....................................................4002
TC-2
006-15536-0006 Rev. 6 34-42-10 Feb/2006
N
Item Page
CHECK
1. General ............................................................5001
2. Inspection Procedures ..............................................5001

A. Cover ........................................................5001
B. Front Panel ..................................................5001
C. Chassis ......................................................5001
D. Hardware, Covers and Shields .................................5001
E. Circuit Boards ...............................................5001
F. Connectors ...................................................5001
G. Terminal Connections .........................................5001
H. Terminal Connections, Soldered ...............................5002
I. Wiring .......................................................5002
J. Capacitors ...................................................5002
K. Resistors and Diodes .........................................5002
L. Filters and Inductors ........................................5002
M. Transformers .................................................5002
N. Transistors and Integrated Circuits ..........................5002
O. Rotary Switches ..............................................5002
P. Insulators ...................................................5003
REPAIR
1. General ............................................................6001
2. Repair Procedures ..................................................6001

A. Repair Precautions ...........................................6001
B. Electrostatic Discharge Sensitive (ESDS) Devices .............6002
C. PC Board, Two-Lead Component Removal .........................6005
D. PC Board, Multi-Lead Component Removal .......................6006
E. Replacement of Power Transistors .............................6006
F. Replacement of Printed Circuit Board Protective Coating ......6007
TC-3
006-15536-0006 Rev. 6 34-42-10 Feb/2006
N
Item Page
G. Programmable Read Only Memory (PROM) Replacement .............6007

H. Connectors ...................................................6007
ASSEMBLY
1. General ............................................................7001
2. Materials Required For Assembly ....................................7001
3. Recommended Reassembly Procedures ..................................7001

A. Unit Cover Assembly ..........................................7002
B. Logic/Power Supply Board Assembly ............................7002
C. Interconnect Board Assembly ..................................7002
D. RF Board Assembly ............................................7003
SPECIAL TOOLS, FIXTURES, AND EQUIPMENT
1. General ............................................................9001
2. Equipment Required For Test ........................................9001
3. Bench Test Set Particulars .........................................9002

A. Bench Test Kit ...............................................9002
B. Test System ..................................................9002
ILLUSTRATED PARTS LIST
1. General ...........................................................10001
2. Revision Service ..................................................10001
3. List of Abbreviations .............................................10001
4. Typical Parts List ................................................10002
TC-4
006-15536-0006 Rev. 6 34-42-10 Feb/2006
N
Item Page
STORAGE
1. General ...........................................................15001
2. Storage Procedures ................................................15001

A. Short-Term Storage ..........................................15001
B. Long-Term Storage ...........................................15001
TC-5
006-15536-0006 Rev. 6 34-42-10 Feb/2006
N
TC-6
006-15536-0006 Rev. 6 34-42-10 Feb/2006
N
Item Page
Figure 1 KRA 405B Radar Altimeter .....................................1

Figure 2 ESDS Device Labels and Symbols ...............................3
Figure 3 DO-160C Environmental Certification Categories ...............7
Figure 4 FMCW Radar Altimeter ........................................15
Figure 5 KRA 405B Block Diagram (-0101, -2001, S/N < 3895) ...........19
Figure 6 KRA 405B Block Diagram (version -0202, S/N < 3895) ..........21
Figure 7 KRA 405B Block Diagram (-0101, -2001, S/N > 3894, -4001) ....23
Figure 8 KRA 405B Block Diagram (version -0202, S/N > 3894 ...........27
Figure 1001 KRA 405B Altitude Test Diagram ............................1003
Figure 1002 KRA 405B Computer Tester Diagram ..........................1003
Figure 2001 Installation Drawing ......................................2005
Figure 2002 Final Assembly Drawing (-0000) ............................2007
Figure 2003 Final Assembly Drawing (-0100) ............................2011
Figure 2004 Logic/Power Supply Board Drawing (-0000) ..................2029
Figure 2005 Logic/Power Supply Board Schematic (-0000) ................2035
Figure 2010 RF Board Drawing (-0000) ..................................2101
Figure 2011 RF Board Schematic (-0000) ................................2105
Figure 2012 RF Board Drawing (-0010) ..................................2123
Figure 2013 RF Board Schematic (-0010) ................................2135
Figure 2014 Interconnect Board Drawing (-0000) ........................2203
Figure 2015 Interconnect Board Schematic (-0000) ......................2205
Figure 2016 Interconnect Board Drawing (-0100) ........................2207
TC-7
006-15536-0006 Rev. 6 34-42-10 Feb/2006
N
Item Page
Figure 2017 Interconnect Board Schematic (-0100) ......................2211

Figure 6001 KRA 405B Semi-Flex Cable Assembly .........................6008
Figure 6002 KRA 405B Cable Assembly ...................................6015
Figure 9001 KRA 405B Bench Test Kit ...................................9005
Figure 10001 Typical Parts List .......................................10003
Figure 10002 Final Assembly Drawing (-0000) ...........................10005
Figure 10003 Final Assembly Drawing (-0100) ...........................10007
Figure 10004 Logic/Power Supply Board Drawing (-0000) .................10019
Figure 10007 RF Board Drawing (-0000) .................................10047
Figure 10008 RF Board Drawing (-0010) .................................10051
Figure 10009 RF Board Assembly Drawing (-9900) ........................10055
Figure 10010 Interconnect Board Drawing (-0000) .......................10069
Figure 10011 Interconnect Board Drawing (-0100) .......................10071
TC-8
006-15536-0006 Rev. 6 34-42-10 Feb/2006
N
Item Page
Table 1 Related Publications .........................................2

Table 2 KRA 405B Radar Altimeter Leading Particulars .................4
Table 3 PC Board and Assembly Designations 066-01153-XXXX ...........11
Table 4 Logic/Power Supply and RF Board Compatibility ...............12
Table 5 Logic/Power Supply and Software IC Matrix ...................13
Table 1001 Altitude vs. Precision Output Voltages ....................1034
Table 1002 PNP Transistor Testing Procedure ..........................1056
Table 1003 NPN Transistor Testing Procedure ..........................1057
Table 4001 Recommended Cleaning Agents ...............................4001
Table 4002 Unsafe Solvents ...........................................4003
Table 7001 Sealants and Staking Compounds ............................7001
Table 9001 Test Equipment Required ...................................9001
Table 10001 Abbreviations ............................................10001
TC-9
006-15536-0006 Rev. 6 34-42-10 Feb/2006
N
TC-10
006-15536-0006 Rev. 6 34-42-10 Feb/2006
N
INTRODUCTION
The instructions in this manual provide the information necessary to perform
maintenance functions.
The manual is divided into separate sections. Refer to the TABLE OF CONTENTS for
the page location of applicable sections. An asterisk flagnote *[ ] in place
of the page number indicates that no special instructions are provided, since
the function can be performed using standard industry practices.
All weights and measurements in the manual are in English units, unless otherwise
stated.
The manual will be revised as necessary to reflect current information.
INTRO-1
006-15536-0006 Rev. 6 34-42-10 Feb/2006
N
Figure 1 KRA 405B Radar Altimeter
Page 0
006-15536-0006 Rev. 6 34-42-10 Feb/2006
N
DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION

1. General
This manual contains information relative to the maintenance and repair

procedures of the Honeywell KRA 405B Radar Altimeter. Information con-
cerning replacement parts is found in the ILLUSTRATED PARTS LIST section
of this manual. This section contains descriptive information covering
the KRA 405B Radar Altimeter. The KRA 405B Radar Altimeter may be referred
to in this section, as well as the rest of the manual, as the KRA 405B
Radar Altimeter, as the KRA 405B, or the Radar Altimeter. The KRA 405B
is shown in Figure 1 KRA 405B Radar Altimeter.
A. Purpose of Equipment
The KRA 405B Radar Altimeter System consists of the KRA 405B Radar
Altimeter, an indicator such as the KNI 415/416 or an EFIS, and two
antennas such as the KA 54A. The system provides the pilot with
dependable, accurate AGL (altitude above ground level) information
during the approach phase of a flight. The system has the capability
of alerting the pilot when a predetermined altitude (decision
height) is reached. The system also provides altitude information
to the flight control system during the approach.
The KRA 405B determines the altitude above ground level (AGL) by
transmitting a signal to the ground then processing the reflected
signal. The altimeter outputs the altitude information as analog
voltages and in ARINC 429 digital format. In the case of the -0101
version the Aux_Out_#2 is -4 mV/foot, and in the case of the -0202
version the Aux_Out_#2 is in ARINC 552A format. In addition the
-0202 version generates an audio signal (music tone D) on command
by an external DH signal and the -2001/-4001 versions provide en-
hanced accuracy (± 2 feet) below 100 feet using the digital 429 Buss
labels 164 and 165.
B. KRA 405B Part Numbers
Honeywell part numbers assigned to various configurations of the

unit are listed in 2. Configurations Available section.
C. Related Publications
Listed below are the related publications covering the KRA 405B Ra-
dar Altimeter.
Page 1
006-15536-0006 Rev. 6 34-42-10 Feb/2006
N
HONEYWELL ATA
PUBLICATION IDENTIFICATION IDENTIFICATION
NUMBER NUMBER
Installation Manual 006-10536-XXXX N/A
Table 1 Related Publications
D. ESDS Device Labels and Symbols
CAUTION: THIS EQUIPMENT CONTAINS ELECTROSTATIC DISCHARGE SENSITIVE

(ESDS) DEVICES. ALL MODULES CONTAINING ESDS DEVICES ARE
FLAGGED OR IDENTIFIED ON SCHEMATICS AND ASSEMBLY ILLUS-
TRATIONS, AND ARE INDIVIDUALLY IDENTIFIED IN THE PARTS
LIST. ALL ESDS DEVICES MUST BE HANDLED IN ACCORDANCE WITH
PROCEDURES OUTLINED IN THE REPAIR SECTION OF THIS MANUAL.
ESDS DEVICES INCLUDE, BUT ARE NOT LIMITED TO, C-MOS, J-

MOS, PMOS, NMOS, SOCMOS, HMOS, MOS/FET, MICROWAVE MIXER
DIODES, SOME BIPOLAR DEVICES, AND SOME METAL FILM RESIS-
TORS.
The items shown in Figure 2 ESDS Device Labels and Symbols are used
by Honeywell AES to identify ESDS applications. The labels DO NOT
appear on units and modules manufactured prior to the adoption of
the STANDARD symbol.
Page 2
006-15536-0006 Rev. 6 34-42-10 Feb/2006
N
Figure 2 ESDS Device Labels and Symbols
Page 3
006-15536-0006 Rev. 6 34-42-10 Feb/2006
N
2. Configurations Available
Four versions of the KRA 405B Radar Altimeter are available, P/N 066-
01153-0101, 066-01153-0202, 066-01153-2001, and 066-01153-4001. The 066-
01153-0101 version has an Aux_Out_#2 of -4 mV/foot. The 066-01153-0202
version has an Aux_Out_#2 which is compatible with ARINC 552A. In addition
it has an audio tone D (587 Hz.) generator which is enabled by an external
DH discrete. The 066-01153-2001/-4001 versions provide enhanced accuracy
(± 2 feet) below 100 feet using the digital 429 Buss labels 164 and 165.
3. Leading Particulars
Leading particulars for the KRA 405B Radar Altimeter are shown below.
Leading particulars for related units are described in separate manuals
(refer to Publications Index). See original manufacturer’s publications
for non-Honeywell units.
A. KRA 405B Radar Altimeter
Listed below are the leading particulars of the KRA 405B Radar Al-
timeter.
CHARACTERISTIC DESCRIPTION
Overall Dimensions See Figure 2001 Installation Drawing
Weight See Figure 2001 Installation Drawing
Mounting Remote Mount, may be rigid, rack or
shock mounted
Power Requirements
Nominal 27.5 V dc @ 850 mA
Maximum 18 V dc @ 1.2 A (Emergency Power)
Operating Temperature -55 ° C to +70 ° C
Cooling No forced cooling required but recom-
mended
TSO Compliance TSO C87/ETSO-2C87
Non TSO’d Functions None
Environmental Certification See Figure 3 DO-160C Environmental Cer-
tification Categories
Table 2 KRA 405B Radar Altimeter Leading Particulars
Page 4
006-15536-0006 Rev. 6 34-42-10 Feb/2006
N
B. Environmental Certification
The KRA 405B Radar Altimeter meets the environmental conditions of

the Radio Technical Commission for Aeronautics (RTCA) document num-
ber DO-160C, "Environmental Conditions and Test Procedures for Air-
line Electronic/Electrical Equipment and Instruments".
Page 5
006-15536-0006 Rev. 6 34-42-10 Feb/2006
N
Page 6
006-15536-0006 Rev. 6 34-42-10 Feb/2006
N
Figure 3 DO-160C Environmental Certification Categories

(004-02069-4800, Rev. AF, Sheet 1 of 3)
Page 7
006-15536-0006 Rev. 6 34-42-10 Feb/2006
N

(004-02069-4800, Rev. AF, Sheet 2 of 3)
Page 8
006-15536-0006 Rev. 6 34-42-10 Feb/2006
N

(004-02069-4800, Rev. AF, Sheet 3 of 3)
Page 9
006-15536-0006 Rev. 6 34-42-10 Feb/2006
N
Page 10
006-15536-0006 Rev. 6 34-42-10 Feb/2006
N
4. Brief Description of Equipment
A. Mechanical Description
The KRA 405B is a remote mounted receiver/transmitter. Unit may be

rigid (direct), tray, or shock mounted. Allow one inch of free air
space around the top and rear of the unit. For shock mounting, allow
adequate sway space.
B. Electrical Description
The KRA 405B contains three PC boards which are listed in Table 3
PC Board and Assembly Designations 066-01153-XXXX along with refer-
ence series and connector information.
PC BOARD OR ASSEMBLY PART NUMBER 1 REFERENCE SERIES CONNECTORS

Logic/PS Board 200-09033-0000 1,100 J1,J2,J3,J4
RF Board 200-09034-0000 1,100,200 J1
Interconnect Board 200-09035-0000 1,3000,4000 P3001, JB4051
1 Part numbers applicable to P/N 066-01153-0101 < S/N 1831

Logic/PS Board 200-09033-0000/ 1,100 J1,J2,J3,J4
200-09033-0100*
RF Board 200-09034-0000 1,100,200 J1
2 Part numbers applicable to P/N 066-01153-0101 S/N 1831 to S/N 2202

200-09033-0100*
RF Board 200-09034-0000 1,100,200 J1
3
Part numbers applicable to P/N 066-01153-0101,-0202,-2001 S/N 2203 to S/N 3864
*
200-09033-0100/-0200 applicable to P/N 066-01153-0202 only
Table 3 PC Board and Assembly Designations 066-01153-XXXX

(Sheet 1 of 2)
Page 11
006-15536-0006 Rev. 6 34-42-10 Feb/2006
N

200-09033-0200*
RF Board 200-09034-0010 1,100,200 J1
4 Part numbers applicable to P/N 066-01153-0101,-0202,-2001 > S/N 3865, and -4001
*
200-09033-0100/-0200 applicable to P/N 066-01153-0202 only
Table 3 PC Board and Assembly Designations 066-01153-XXXX

(Sheet 2 of 2)
C. Logic/Power Supply and RF Board Compatibility
RF board 200-09034-0000 is obsolete and has been replaced by 200-

09034-0010. The new RF board, 200-09034-0010, must be matched with
a new or upgraded Logic/PS board. An older Logic/PS may be upgraded
to the newer version in order to accommodate the new 200-09034-0010
RF board. Refer to service bulletin KRA 405B-9 for conversion in-
structions for the new Logic/PS board. The Logic/PS board will need
to be brought up to revision AF before conversion. Table 4 Logic/
Power Supply and RF Board Compatibility correlates which Logic/PS
boards are compatible with each of the two different RF boards.
Unit Part Number

066-01153-0101 066-01153-2001 066-01153-0202
066-01153-4001
RF Board Logic/PS Board Logic/PS Board Logic/PS Board
200-09034-0000 205-00874-0001 205-00927-0000
200-09034-0000 205-00874-0002 205-00874-0002 205-00927-0001
200-09034-0000 205-00874-0003 205-00874-0003 205-00927-0002
200-09034-0000 205-00874-0004 205-00927-0003
200-09034-0000 205-00964-0004
200-09034-0010 205-00874-0103 205-00874-0103 205-00927-0102
205-00874-0104 205-00964-0104 205-00927-0103
Table 4 Logic/Power Supply and RF Board Compatibility
Page 12
006-15536-0006 Rev. 6 34-42-10 Feb/2006
N
The 205- part number of the Logic/PS board increments as software

is revised. See Table 5 Logic/Power Supply and Software IC Matrix
to match software with the Logic/PS part number. The change to the
new RF board did not mandate a software change on the Logic/PS board.
This hardware change was transparent to the software.
Logic/PS Board Software IC, U5

205-00874-0001 122-01604-0000
205-00874-0002 122-01604-0001
205-00874-0003 122-01604-0002
205-00874-0004 122-01604-0003
205-00874-0103 122-01604-0002
205-00874-0104 122-01604-0003
205-00927-0000 122-01771-0000
205-00927-0001 122-01771-0001
205-00927-0002 122-01771-0002
205-00927-0003 122-01771-0003
205-00927-0102 122-01771-0002
205-00927-0103 122-01771-0003
205-00964-0004 122-01895-0003
205-00964-0104 122-01895-0003
Table 5 Logic/Power Supply and Software IC Matrix
Page 13
006-15536-0006 Rev. 6 34-42-10 Feb/2006
N
5. Theory of Operation
A. Overall Operation
The purpose of the Radar Altimeter is to measure the absolute height

of the aircraft above the terrain. This is accomplished by trans-
mitting a signal to the ground and processing the received signal
into a period proportional to range. This period is converted into
analog and digital signals to drive various altitude indicators.
See Figure 4 FMCW Radar Altimeter.
The transmitted signal is a frequency modulated continuous wave (FM-

CW). By the time the transmitted signal has been reflected from the
terrain and back to the receive antenna, the transmitter has shifted
to a new frequency; therefore, when the instantaneous transmitted
signal is mixed with the delayed received signal, an intermediate
frequency (IF) is produced which is directly proportional to the
time delay for the round trip.
This variable intermediate frequency is amplified and processed to

produce a period proportional to the altitude. This is used to gen-
erate the various analog voltages and digital outputs which are used
by the Radar Altimeter Indicator or EFIS systems which utilize above
ground level (AGL) altitude information.
In order to ensure accuracy of the system, a periodic calibration

cycle is entered whereupon the microprocessor and FPGA fetch a ROM
location which contains the information to drive the Modulator DAC
to a specific Modulator drive voltage. This voltage, in turn,
drives the transmitter VCO. Since the change in VCO output frequen-
cy is not linear with a change in input voltage, a calibration curve
is stored in ROM to correct the VCO’s nonlinearity. A portion of
the VCO’s output is coupled off and divided down and compared to the
frequency value stored in the ROM location. If any change in fre-
quency is noted, the microprocessor and FPGA update the ROM to a new
value. This process continues and every ROM location is periodically
checked and or updated thus ensuring a linear and accurate scale
factor in Hertz / unit time delay.
Page 14
006-15536-0006 Rev. 6 34-42-10 Feb/2006
N
Figure 4 FMCW Radar Altimeter
B. Simplified Block Diagram Description
The KRA 405B Radar Altimeter System consists of the KRA 405B Receiv-
er / Transmitter, the KNI 415 or KNI 416 Indicator, and two (2) KA
54A Antennas. The entire system is solid state except for a servo
mechanism and relay in the Indicator.
To better understand the theory presented in this section, refer to

the applicable block diagram: Figure 5 KRA 405B Block Diagram (-
0101, -2001, S/N < 3895), Figure 6 KRA 405B Block Diagram (version
-0202, S/N < 3895), Figure 7 KRA 405B Block Diagram (-0101, -2001,
S/N > 3894, -4001), or Figure 8 KRA 405B Block Diagram (version -
0202, S/N > 3894.
For this discussion, the system is divided into two assemblies:
• RF board assembly
• Logic / Power Supply assembly
(1) RF Board Assembly
The KRA-405B RF Board creates an FM modulated, CW microwave

signal at 4.3 ± 0.05 GHz that is delivered to a transmit an-
tenna. The signal is then received from a separate receive
antenna and filtered, amplified, and downconverted to a base-
band signal.
Page 15
006-15536-0006 Rev. 6 34-42-10 Feb/2006
N
Downconversion is achieved by coupling off part of the trans-

mitter signal and using it as a local oscillator signal for
the mixer in the receiver path. The received signal is time
delayed and at a different frequency relative to the local
oscillator signal. This frequency difference is directly pro-
portional to the height above ground and is used to calculate
altitude.
The triangular modulation voltage is generated from the Power

Supply and Logic Board where demodulation of the baseband sig-
nal is also performed. The FM sweep rate is monitored and
calibrated by coupling off part of the transmitter signal,
downconverting to about 4.2 MHz, and sending this signal to
the Logic / Power Supply Board where it is digitized and pro-
cessed.
(2) Logic / Power Supply Assembly
The Logic / Power Supply Assembly is the heart of the KRA 405B,
and the microprocessor is its control element. It has six (6)
main tasks:
• Generates the triangular modulation for the Transmitter by

recalling a stored calibration curve from the Modulator
Curve EEPROM and driving the Modulator DAC which in turn
drives the transmitter VCO.
• Counts the divided output from the VCO which the uProcessor
compares against the stored calibration curve during the
calibration cycle, and then update the stored calibration
curve if necessary to maintain a linear transmitter fre-
quency change with time.
• Amplifies and determines period of the received video re-

turn which is then utilized by the microprocessor to pro-
duce the various analog and digital altitude outputs.
• Integrates the received video return to generate a video

threshold voltage which the microprocessor uses to make
signal integrity decisions based on altitude and signal
strength.
These decisions include determining whether there is suffi-

cient signal strength for the present altitude to maintain a
lock and, if not, drive the analog and digital outputs to 2850
feet. Second, disabling the high pass switch if below 500
feet.
Page 16
006-15536-0006 Rev. 6 34-42-10 Feb/2006
N
Finally, driving the variable attenuator to a new level in

order to maintain the signal threshold voltage within a given
range for the present altitude. This is done by changing the
transmitter power output.
• Monitors eight (8) key parameters of the radio and generate

a Rad_Alt_Valid signal based on their health. This signal,
in turn, is used both internally and externally to indicate
the health of the KRA 405B.
• Supply all needed power for the KRA 405B as well as two (2)
KNI 415/416 indicators.
Other tasks performed by the Logic / Power Supply Assembly

include:
• Reads the configuration module, if installed, at power up.
• Changes the modulation rate from 100 to 105 Hz if wired as

the slave unit in a dual installation.
• Performs a self test when the PTT (Push To Test) line is

enabled. Outputs 50 feet altitude if the Rad_Alt_Valid
line is true, outputs 100 feet if the Rad_Alt_Valid line
is false due to a RT fault, and outputs 200 feet if the
Rad_Alt _Valid line is false due to a configuration module
fault.
• Calibrates the RF path including the installed cables and

antennas-to-ground-distance to zero feet when the
On_Ground_Zero switch is pushed.
• Provides a means by which a ground proximity unit may be

tested by using an external voltage input via the
Altitude_Test_Input line. This occurs only when the
Altitude_Test_En line and the Altitude_Test_En2 lines are
both enabled together.
• Provides a means by which the KRA 405B may be tested ex-

ternally via an RS232 Buss connected to a 386 PC, or bet-
ter, using proprietary software and a Bench Test Set.
Page 17
006-15536-0006 Rev. 6 34-42-10 Feb/2006
N
Page 18
006-15536-0006 Rev. 6 34-42-10 Feb/2006
N
Figure 5 KRA 405B Block Diagram (-0101, -2001, S/N < 3895)
Page 19/20
006-15536-0006 Rev. 6 34-42-10 Feb/2006
N
Figure 6 KRA 405B Block Diagram (version -0202, S/N < 3895)
Page 21/22
006-15536-0006 Rev. 6 34-42-10 Feb/2006
N
Figure 7 KRA 405B Block Diagram (-0101, -2001, S/N > 3894, -4001)
(Sheet 1 of 2)
Page 23/24
006-15536-0006 Rev. 6 34-42-10 Feb/2006
N
Figure 7 KRA 405B Block Diagram (-0101, -2001, S/N > 3894, -4001)
(Sheet 2 of 2)
Page 25/26
006-15536-0006 Rev. 6 34-42-10 Feb/2006
N
Figure 8 KRA 405B Block Diagram (version -0202, S/N > 3894
(Sheet 1 of 2)
Page 27/28
006-15536-0006 Rev. 6 34-42-10 Feb/2006
N
Figure 8 KRA 405B Block Diagram (version -0202, S/N > 3894)
(Sheet 2 of 2)
Page 29/30
006-15536-0006 Rev. 6 34-42-10 Feb/2006
N
C. Detailed Theory of Operation
Refer to the general block diagram Figure 5 KRA 405B Block Diagram
(-0101, -2001, S/N < 3895), Figure 6 KRA 405B Block Diagram (version
-0202, S/N < 3895), Figure 7 KRA 405B Block Diagram (-0101, -2001,
S/N > 3894, -4001), or Figure 8 KRA 405B Block Diagram (version -
0202, S/N > 3894 and the applicable schematic diagram as an aid in
understanding the detailed block diagram discussion.
NOTE: Ensure that the block diagram applicable to the unit’s

specific configuration is referenced.
(1) RF Board (Pre-Mod 9 units, S/N 3894 or less)
The RF Board (schematic P/N 002-09034-0000) is broken into the

following four sections for descriptive purposes:
• Transmitter
• Receiver
• Local Oscillator (LO)
• Calibration
(a) Transmitter Section
1 Voltage Controlled Oscillator (VCO)
Refer to Figure 2011 RF Board Schematic (-0000).

002-09034-0000 sheet 1.
The VCO generates the 4.25-4.35 GHz FMCW signal

from a +9V supply and ~3.5-6.5V applied to the
TUNE port. The TUNE port can be tuned from 0-10V,
resulting in a much wider output frequency range.
The actual input tuning range needed for the 4.25-
4.35 GHz output frequency range will vary some-
what from unit to unit.
2 Buffer Amp #1
Refer to Figure 2011 RF Board Schematic (-0000).

002-09034-0000 sheet 1.
Page 31
006-15536-0006 Rev. 6 34-42-10 Feb/2006
N
Buffer Amp #1 is a GaAsFET amplifier that bumps

up the power level to the Calibration and LO Cou-
plers that follow and provides RF power margin in
the transmitter system. It is matched for highest
possible output power using microstrip matching
elements at the input (Gate) and output (Drain).
Gain should be about 10dB. Changing the length

of the input stub will change the gain of the am-
plifier and also change the linearity of the VCO.
This amplifier uses an active bias network that

automatically sets the Gate to Source Voltage ir-
regardless of device to device variations in Pin-
choff Voltage (Vp) and Saturated Drain Current
(Idss) of the GaAsFET, thus eliminating any bias
tuning.
R120 & R174 form a voltage divider that sets the

base voltage on Q11 which, in turn, sets the emit-
ter voltage. With the emitter voltage set, R177
fixes the current through itself & R180 and the
drain current of the GaAsFET. With the emitter
voltage and drain current set, the value of R180
sets the drain voltage. The voltage across C146
(drain voltage) should be about 4 V. The voltage
across C141 (emitter voltage) should be about 6.4
V, and the voltage across C148 (gate voltage) var-
ies between 0 & -5 V, depending on the Vp and Idss
of the particular GaAsFET.
3 2nd Harmonic Filter
Refer to Figure 2011 RF Board Schematic, 002-

09034-0000, sheet 2.
This filter passes the fundamental 4.3 GHz signal

and notches out a second harmonic (8.6 GHz) that
could be produced by Buffer Amp #1 and interfere
with functions further down the transmitter
chain. This filter is constructed entirely with
microstrip and contains no lumped elements.
4 Calibration Coupler

09034-0000, sheet 2.
Page 32
006-15536-0006 Rev. 6 34-42-10 Feb/2006
N
The Calibration Coupler is a 1/4 wave microstrip

coupler with about 20 dB of coupling.
Its purpose is to sample the transmitter signal

for frequency sweep rate monitoring and for zero
altitude calibration. See C.(1) (d) Calibration
Section for details on Calibration.
5 LO Coupler

09034-0000, sheet 3.
The LO is a 1/4 wave microstrip coupler with about

15 dB of coupling. Its purpose is to sample the
transmitter signal and use it as a local oscilla-
tor (LO) signal for downconversion of the re-
ceived signal. See C.(1) (c) Local Oscillator
(LO) Section for details on the LO.
6 8.4 dB Pad

09034-0000, sheet 3.
This pad attenuates the RF signal and adjusts the

input level to the Variable Attenuator, which
follows, to the correct value. It also provides
extra isolation to keep load variances of the
Variable Attenuator from changing the VCO fre-
quency.
7 Variable Attenuator

09034-0000, sheet 3.
The variable attenuator is a MMIC chip which can

attenuate the transmitter signal from 0dB to
about -23dB via a single voltage control of 5 to
0 volts. The purpose of the variable attenuator
is to control the total output power of the trans-
mitter section so that lower output powers can be
used at low altitudes.
Page 33
006-15536-0006 Rev. 6 34-42-10 Feb/2006
N
8 Buffer Amplifier #2
Refer to Figure 2011 RF Board Schematic, to 002-

09034-0000, sheet 4.
Buffer Amp #1 is a GaAsFET amplifier that bumps

up the power level to drive the PA Driver that
follows. It is matched for highest possible out-
put power using microstrip matching elements at
the input (Gate) and output (Drain). Gain should
be about 10dB.

(Idss) of the GaAsFET which eliminates any bias
tuning.
R119 & R69 form a voltage divider that sets the

base voltage on Q12 which, in turn, sets the emit-
ter voltage. With the emitter voltage set, R81
fixes the current through itself & R93, and the
drain current of the GaAsFET. With the emitter
voltage and drain current set, the value of R93
sets the drain voltage. The voltage across C147
(drain voltage) should be about 4 V. The voltage
across C142 (emitter voltage) should be about 6.4
V. The voltage across C149 (gate voltage) varies
between 0 & -5 V, depending on the Vp and Idss of
the particular GaAsFET.
9 2.1 dB Pad
Refer to Figure 2011 RF Board Schematic, to 002-

09034-0000, sheet 4.
The purpose of the 2.1 dB pad is to provide a

small amount of isolation to the PA Driver which
follows. This isolation will keep VSWR variances
of the previous components from changing the in-
put match of the PA Driver which could cause vari-
ation in RF output power.
10 PA Driver

09034-0000, sheet 5.
Page 34
006-15536-0006 Rev. 6 34-42-10 Feb/2006
N
The PA Driver is a GaAsFET amplifier that bumps

up the power level to drive the Power Amp that
the input (Gate) and output (Drain). The 2.1 dB
Pad that precedes this amplifier is low enough to
drive the PA Driver into hard saturation which
helps stabilize its RF output power over temper-
ature. Output power should be about +23dBm.

(Idss) of the GaAsFET thus eliminating any bias
tuning. R149 & R150 form a voltage divider that
sets the base voltage on Q5 which, in turn, sets
the emitter voltage and the GaAsFET drain volt-
age.
With the emitter voltage set, R168 fixes the cur-

rent through itself and the GaAsFET drain cur-
rent. The voltage across C96 (drain voltage)
should be about 5 V, and the voltage across C95
(gate voltage) will vary between 0 & -5 V depend-
ing on the Vp and Idss of the particular GaAsFET.
11 Power Amp

09034-0000, sheet 6.
The Power Amp is a medium power GaAsFET amplifier

that provides the final output power of the trans-
mitter chain. It is matched using microstrip el-
ements at the input (Gate) and output (Drain) to
provide output power within specification. Out-
put power should be about +26 dBm (400 mW) with a
gain of about 4 dB.
This amplifier is hard saturated which helps sta-

bilize its RF output power over temperature.
The GaAsFET dissipates as much as 2.5 Watts of DC

power and requires an adequate heat sink to avoid
thermal damage.
Page 35
006-15536-0006 Rev. 6 34-42-10 Feb/2006
N

(Idss) of the GaAsFET which eliminates any bias
sets the base voltage on Q7 which, in turn, sets
the emitter voltage. With the emitter voltage
set, R169 fixes the current through itself & R207
and the drain current of the GaAsFET. With the
emitter voltage and drain current set, the value
of R207 sets the drain voltage.
The voltage across C100 (drain voltage) should be

about 5.2 V, and the voltage across C99 (gate
voltage) will vary between 0 & -5 V, depending on
the Vp and Idss of the particular GaAsFET.
12 Power Monitor Coupler

09034-0000, sheet 7.
The Power Monitor Coupler is a 1/4 wave microstrip

coupler with about 20 dB of coupling. Its purpose
is to sample the transmitter signal for power de-
tection.
13 Output Power Detector

09034-0000, sheet 7.
The Output Power Detector is a single diode de-

tector that detects the sampled transmitter power
and converts the RF signal to a DC voltage. The
larger the transmitter power, the larger the DC
voltage.
At maximum transmitter power, the voltage across

C30 should be about 1.2 V.
14 FTZ Filter

09034-0000, sheet 7.
Page 36
006-15536-0006 Rev. 6 34-42-10 Feb/2006
N
The FTZ Filter passes the fundamental 4.3 GHz sig-

nal and notches out a 2nd and 3rd harmonic (8.6 &
12.9 GHz) that could be produced by the Power Amp.
The purpose of this filter is to exceed the FCC
and German FTZ specifications regarding out of
band RF emissions.
The FTZ Filter is constructed entirely with mi-

crostrip and contains no lumped elements.
15 TX Isolator

09034-0000, sheet 7.
The isolator is a SM ferrite device that allows

the RF signal to flow in one direction but not the
other. The purpose of the isolator is to keep
antenna mismatches from varying the transmitter
power.
16 Lightning Gnd

09034-0000, sheet 7.
The Lightning Gnd provides a DC short to the

transmitter antenna for lightning protection of
the transmitter circuitry. It consists of a 1/4
wave short-circuited microstrip line that is
transparent to the RF fundamental frequency of
4.3 GHz.
(b) Receiver Section
1 RX BP Filter

09034-0000, sheet 8.
The RX BP Filter is a 3 section, parallel coupled

transmission line filter with 1/2 wave resona-
tors. It is constructed entirely with micros-
trip.
The purpose of this filter is to screen out any

undesired signals present in the outside environ-
ment and to band limit ambient noise levels.
Page 37
006-15536-0006 Rev. 6 34-42-10 Feb/2006
N
2 RX Low Noise Amp

09034-0000, sheet 8.
RX Low Noise Amp is a low noise, SM GaAsFET am-

plifier chip with internal bias and matching net-
works. Gain is about 17 dB with a noise figure
of about 2.75 dB. Voltage across C32 should be 5
V.

09034-0000, sheet 8.

could be produced by the RX Low Noise Amp and in-
terfere with functions further down the receiver
chain. This filter is constructed entirely with
4 4.1 dB Pad

09034-0000, sheet 8.
The purpose of this pad is to reduce the received

power level and keep the Active Mixer, which fol-
lows, from saturating. It also presents a more
constant impedance to the mixer input.
5 Active Mixer

09034-0000, sheet 8.
The Active Mixer is a SM, active double balanced

mixer chip with internal bias and matching net-
works. It mixes the received signal with the LO
signal (coupled from the transmitter) and outputs
the baseband signal.
Page 38
006-15536-0006 Rev. 6 34-42-10 Feb/2006
N
The baseband signal spans the range from about

1000 Hz to about 101 kHz. This mixer has high RF/
LO, RF/IF & LO/IF isolation and provides about 15
dB of gain via an internal amplifier. Voltage
across C112 should be 8-9 V.
6 High Pass Filter Switch

09034-0000, sheet 8.
The signal from the mixer is applied to a switch-

able high pass filter. The high pass filter con-
sist of three poles in which two poles are swit-
chable and one pole is not switchable. In the low
filter switch position, the high pass filter’s
break frequency is at 1 KHz. In the high filter
switch position, the break frequency is at 20 KHz.
Once the altitude is below 300 feet, the high pass
filter is switched to the low high pass filter.
7 Video Amps #1 - #4

09034-0000, sheet 9.
Video Amps #1 - #4 are amplifiers that amplify the

signal from the high pass filter switch. The to-
tal gain of the video amplifier chain is approx-
imately +100 dB, with Video Amp #4 in saturation
at this level.
Hence, the output waveform is a square wave.

Within the circuit configuration of these four
amplifiers, four high pass filters are incorpo-
rated. These four high pass filters combine to
produce a high pass filter response with a low
cutoff frequency of 1 KHz.
At the output of Video Amp #3, the signal is sam-

pled for use as video threshold detection. This
signal is used to tell the microprocessor that
there is enough signal present to provide lock.
If the output from the video threshold circuit is
not of sufficient level, the unit will be un-
locked.
Page 39
006-15536-0006 Rev. 6 34-42-10 Feb/2006
N
(c) Local Oscillator (LO) Section
1 7.6dB Pad

09034-0000, sheet 3.
This pad attenuates the RF signal sampled from the

LO Coupler and adjusts the input level to the LO
Low Noise Amp, which follows, to the correct val-
ue.
2 LO Low Noise Amp

09034-0000, sheet 3.
LO Low Noise Amp is a low noise GaAsFET amplifier

that provides gain margin to the active mixer LO
port with minimal noise contribution. The match-
ing network at the input is designed for lowest
noise operation and the matching network at the
output is designed to maximize the gain. All
matching networks are realized with microstrip.
Gain should be about 10dB with noise figure about
1.2dB.

automatically sets the Gate to Source Voltage,
irregardless of device to device variations in
Pinchoff Voltage (Vp) and Saturated Drain Current
(Idss) of the GaAsFET, which eliminates any bias
sets the base voltage on Q3 which sets the emitter
voltage.
With the emitter voltage set, R127 fixes the cur-

rent thru itself & R118 and the drain current of
the GaAsFET.
With the emitter voltage and drain current set,

the value of R118 sets the drain voltage. The
voltage across C88 (drain voltage) should be
about 2 V, the voltage across C78 (emitter volt-
age) should be about 3.2 V, and the voltage across
C89 (gate voltage) will vary between 0 & -5 V,
depending on the Vp and Idss of the particular
GaAsFET.
Page 40
006-15536-0006 Rev. 6 34-42-10 Feb/2006
N

09034-0000, sheet 8.

could be produced by the LO Low Noise Amp and in-
terfere with the function of the Active Mixer.
This filter is constructed entirely with micros-
trip and contains no lumped elements.
4 3 dB Pad

09034-0000, sheet 8.
This pad attenuates the LO signal to the proper

level needed by the Active Mixer LO input and pre-
sents a more constant impedance to the mixer LO
input.
(d) Calibration Section
1 5 dB Pad

09034-0000, sheet 2.

Calibration Coupler and adjusts the input level
to Prescaler #1, which follows, to the correct
value.
2 Prescaler #1

09034-0000, sheet 2.
Prescaler #1 is a SM, high frequency, static dig-

ital frequency divider that divides the RF signal
by 4 to approximately 1.075 GHz. It has a nominal
gain of about 5 dB. Voltage across C124 should
be 5 V.
Page 41
006-15536-0006 Rev. 6 34-42-10 Feb/2006
N
3 Prescaler #2

09034-0000, sheet 2.
Prescaler #2 is a SM, high frequency, single mod-

ulus frequency divider that divides the RF signal
by 256 to approximately 4.2 MHz. The output sig-
nal is a square wave with a peak to peak voltage
of about 1.2V and is routed to an RG178 coaxial
cable attachment. Voltage across C34 should be 5
V.
(2) RF Board (Units containing Mod 9, S/N > 3894)
The RF Board (schematic P/N 002-09034-0010) is broken into the

following four sections for descriptive purposes:
• Transmitter
• Receiver
• Local Oscillator (LO)
• Calibration
(a) Transmitter Section
1 Voltage Controlled Oscillator (VCO)
Refer to Figure 2013C RF Board Schematic, 002-

09034-0010, sheet 1.
The VCO generates the 4.25-4.35 GHz FMCW signal

from a regulated +8V supply and ~3.0-5.5V applied
to the TUNE (VT) port. The TUNE port can be tuned
from 0-10V, resulting in a much wider output fre-
quency range. The actual input tuning range need-
ed for the 4.25- 4.35 GHz output frequency range
will vary somewhat from unit to unit.
2 8 dB Pad

09034-0010, sheet 1.
Page 42
006-15536-0006 Rev. 6 34-42-10 Feb/2006
N
This pad is used to attenuate the VCO signal level

to the correct value for the Utility Amp #1 which
follows. It also acts as a buffer to the VCO out-
put to reduce frequency pulling of the VCO.
3 Utility Amp #1

09034-0010, sheet 1.
Utility Amp #1 is a MMIC amplifier that bumps up

the power level to the Calibration and LO Dividers
that follow, and provides RF power margin in the
transmitter system. It is internally matched and
needs no external matching elements.

regulates the operating current, to keep the gain
of the amplifier constant with varying tempera-
ture.
R126, CR10 & R120 form a voltage divider that sets

the base voltage on Q9 which, in turn, sets the
emitter voltage. With the emitter voltage set,
R116-119 fixes the collector current of Q9, and
thus, the operating current of the MMIC.
As temperature increases, the gain of the MMIC

will naturally decrease. This can be compensated
for by increasing the operating current. As tem-
perature increases, the forward voltage of CR10
will decrease, thereby decreasing the base and
emitter voltages of Q9. Decreasing the emitter
voltage of Q9 increases the voltage drop across
R116-119, and subsequently increases the operat-
ing current of the MMIC.
4 2nd, 3rd Harmonic Filter

09034-0010, sheet 2.

and notches out a second and third harmonic (8.6,
12.9 GHz) that could be produced by Buffer Amp #1
and interfere with functions further down the
transmitter chain.
Page 43
006-15536-0006 Rev. 6 34-42-10 Feb/2006
N

5 Calibration Divider

09034-0010, sheet 2.
The Calibration Divider is a 3dB Wilkinson power

divider. Its purpose is to sample the transmitter
signal for frequency sweep rate monitoring and
for zero altitude calibration. See C.(1) (d) Cal-
ibration Section for details on the Calibration
section.
6 LO divider

09034-0010, sheet 2.
The LO Divider is a 3dB Wilkinson power divider.

Its purpose is to sample the transmitter signal
and use it as a local oscillator (LO) signal for
downconversion of the received signal. See C.(2)
(c) Local Oscillator (LO) Section for details on
the LO section.
7 0 dB Pad

09034-0010, sheet 3.
This is basically an unused placeholder for extra

attenuation or isolation that may be needed for
future revisions of the RF board.
8 Variable Attenuator

09034-0010, sheet 3.
The variable attenuator is a MMIC chip which can

attenuate the transmitter signal from 0dB to
about -23dB via a single voltage control of 5 to
0 volts. The purpose of the variable attenuator
is to control the total output power of the trans-
mitter section, so that lower output powers can
be used at low altitudes.
Page 44
006-15536-0006 Rev. 6 34-42-10 Feb/2006
N
9 Utility Amp #3

09034-0010, sheet 4.
Utility Amp #3 is a MMIC amplifier that bumps up

the power level to drive the PA Driver that fol-
lows. It is internally matched and needs no ex-
ternal matching elements.

ture.

R100-103 fixes the collector current of Q8, and
thus, the operating current of the MMIC.

for by increasing the operating current. As tem-
perature increases, the forward voltage of CR9
will decrease, thereby decreasing the base and
emitter voltages of Q8. Decreasing the emitter
voltage of Q8 increases the voltage drop across
R100-103, and subsequently increases the operat-
ing current of the MMIC.
10 PA Driver

09034-0010, sheet 4.
The PA Driver is a GaAsFET amplifier that bumps

up the power level to drive the Power Amp that
the input (Gate) and output (Drain). The 4.99 Ohm
resistor directly on the input of Q5 helps stabi-
lize the amplifier, and improves its input match.
Page 45
006-15536-0006 Rev. 6 34-42-10 Feb/2006
N

tuning.
CR8, R74 & R73 form a voltage divider that sets

the voltage drop across R92 & R94 sets the Drain
current, and R95 & R59 provide additional voltage
drop to set the Drain voltage. The collector
voltage of Q7 will vary between 0 & -5 volts, de-
pending on the Vp and Idss of the particular GaAs-
FET.
CR8 is used to offset temperature variations of

the base to emitter voltage of Q7, keeping the
Drain current and gain constant with temperature.
11 Power Amp

09034-0010, sheet 5.
The Power Amp is a GaAsFET amplifier that provides

the final output power of the transmitter chain.
It is matched using microstrip elements at the in-
put (Gate) and output (Drain) to provide output
power within specification. The 4.99 Ohm resistor
directly on the input of Q4 helps stabilize the
amplifier, and improves its input match. The Pow-
er Amp is hard saturated which helps stabilize its
RF output power over temperature.

tuning.
Page 46
006-15536-0006 Rev. 6 34-42-10 Feb/2006
N
CR7, R72 & R65 form a voltage divider that sets

the voltage drop across R85 & R87 sets the Drain
current, and R84 & R83 provide additional voltage
drop to set the Drain voltage. The collector
voltage of Q6 will vary between 0 & -5 volts, de-
pending on the Vp and Idss of the particular GaAs-
FET.
CR7 is used to offset temperature variations of

the base to emitter voltage of Q6, keeping the
Drain current and gain constant with temperature.
12 Output Power Detector

09034-0010, sheet 5.
The Output Power Detector uses a 1/4 wave micros-

trip coupler to couple -20 dB of transmitter power
to a pair of Schottky diodes in a cascade voltage
doubler configuration. C83 & C82 notch out the
4.3 and 8.6 GHz frequency components, respective-
ly. R131 & R121 create a voltage divider for cor-
rect voltage output to the Logic/Power Supply
Board, and set the output impedance to the detec-
tor.
13 Harmonic Filter

09034-0010, sheet 6.
The Harmonic Filter passes the fundamental 4.3

GHz signal and notches out a 2nd and 3rd harmonic
(8.6 & 12.9 GHz) that could be produced by the
Power Amp. The purpose of this filter is to ex-
ceed the FCC and (now defunct) German FTZ speci-
fications regarding out of band RF emissions.
The Harmonic Filter is constructed entirely with

14 TX Isolator

09034-0010, sheet 6.
Page 47
006-15536-0006 Rev. 6 34-42-10 Feb/2006
N
The isolator is a SM ferrite device that allows

the RF signal to flow in one direction but not the
other. The purpose of the isolator is to keep
antenna mismatches from varying the transmitter
power.
15 Antenna DC Ground

09034-0010, sheet 6.
The Antenna DC Ground provides a DC short to the

transmitter antenna for lightning protection of
the transmitter circuitry. It consists of a 1/4
wave short-circuited microstrip line that is
transparent to the RF fundamental frequency of
4.3 GHz.
(b) Receiver Section
1 Band Pass Filter

09034-0010, sheet 6.
The receiver Band Pass Filter is a 3 section, par-

allel coupled transmission line filter with 1/2
wave resonators. It is constructed entirely with
microstrip.
The purpose of this filter is to screen out any

undesired signals present in the outside environ-
ment and to band limit ambient noise levels.
2 Low Noise Amp

09034-0010, sheet 6.
The Low Noise Amp is a low noise, SM GaAsFET am-

plifier chip with internal bias and matching net-
works. It is used for received signal amplifica-
tion and to set the noise figure of the receiver
system.
Page 48
006-15536-0006 Rev. 6 34-42-10 Feb/2006
N

09034-0010, sheet 6.

12.9 GHz) that could be produced by the Low Noise
Amp and interfere with functions further down the
receiver chain. This filter is constructed en-
tirely with microstrip and contains no lumped el-
ements.
4 3 dB Pad

09034-0010, sheet 6.
The purpose of this pad is to help present a con-

stant impedance to the mixer input.
5 Mixer

09034-0010, sheet 6.
The Mixer is a surface mount, passive, double bal-

anced mixer. It mixes the received signal with
the LO signal (coupled from the transmitter) and
outputs the baseband signal (~1000 Hz to 101 kHz).
6 3 dB Pad

09034-0010, sheet 6.
The purpose of this pad is to help present a con-

stant impedance to the mixer output.
7 4.3/8.6 GHz Notch

09034-0010, sheet 6.
This is a filter to notch out any 4.3 & 8.6 GHz

signals that bleed through the Mixer.
Page 49
006-15536-0006 Rev. 6 34-42-10 Feb/2006
N
8 High Pass Filter Switch

09034-0010, sheet 7.
The signal from the mixer is applied to a switch-

able high pass filter. The high pass filter con-
sist of three poles in which two poles are swit-
chable and one pole is not switchable. In the low
filter switch position, the high pass filter’s
break frequency is at 1 KHz. In the high filter
switch position, the break frequency is at 20 KHz.
Once the altitude is below 300 feet, the high pass
filter is switched to the low high pass filter.
9 Video Amps #1 - #5

09034-0010, sheet 7 and Figure 2013C RF Board
Schematic, 002-09034-0010, sheet 8.
Video Amps #1 - #5 are amplifiers that amplify the

signal from the high pass filter switch. The to-
tal gain of the video amplifier chain is approx-
imately +100 dB, with Video Amp #5 in saturation
at this level. Hence, the output waveform is a
square wave. The output from Video Amp #5 is
passed to the Logic/Power Supply board where its
period is determined. Within the circuit config-
uration of these five amplifiers, four high pass
filters are incorporated. These four high pass
filters combine to produce a high pass filter re-
sponse with a low cutoff frequency of 1 KHz.
At the output of Video Amp #4, the signal is sam-

pled for use as video threshold detection. The
signal is used to monitor the quality and validity
of the return signal from the receiver and to tell
the microprocessor that there is enough signal
present to provide lock. If the output from the
video threshold circuit is not of sufficient lev-
el, the unit will be unlocked.
The Video Amp #4 output is processed by the

Threshold Detector Circuit and provides a DC lev-
el proportional to the received signal level.
Page 50
006-15536-0006 Rev. 6 34-42-10 Feb/2006
N
This is accomplished by passing the signal

through a precision half wave rectifier, U10-A
and then filtering and buffering with U10-D. This
signal is then fed to an A/D converter on the Log-
ic Board and monitored by the system. To aid in
testing the system, an alternate input (TP22), is
provided to allow an independent signal to be
summed into the initial stage and then followed
through the system.
(c) Local Oscillator (LO) Section
1 5.5 dB Pad

09034-0010, sheet 3.

LO Divider and adjusts the input level to Utility
Amp #2, which follows, to the correct value.
2 Utility Amp #2

09034-0010, sheet 3.
Utility Amp #2 is a MMIC amplifier that provides

gain margin to the Mixer LO port. It is inter-
nally matched and needs no external matching el-
ements.

ture.

R40 & R42-44 fixes the collector current of Q3,
and thus, the operating current of the MMIC.

for by increasing the operating current.
Page 51
006-15536-0006 Rev. 6 34-42-10 Feb/2006
N
As temperature increases, the forward voltage of

CR4 will decrease, thereby decreasing the base
and emitter voltages of Q3. Decreasing the emit-
ter voltage of Q3 increases the voltage drop
across R40 & R42-44, and subsequently increases
the operating current of the MMIC.

09034-0010, sheet 3.

12.9 GHz) that could be produced by Utility Amp
#2 and interfere with the function of the Mixer.
4 3 dB Pad

09034-0010, sheet 3.
This pad attenuates the LO signal to the proper

level needed by the Mixer LO input and presents a
more constant impedance to the mixer LO input.
(d) Calibration Section
1 4.5 dB Pad

09034-0010, sheet 2.

Calibration Divider and adjusts the input level
to Prescaler #1, which follows, to the correct
value.
2 Prescaler #1

09034-0010, sheet 2.
Prescaler #1 is a low noise, divide by 4, static

frequency divider that divides the RF frequency
by 4 to approximately 1.075 GHz.
Page 52
006-15536-0006 Rev. 6 34-42-10 Feb/2006
N
3 Prescaler #2

09034-0010, sheet 2.
Prescaler #2 is a single modulus frequency divid-

er that divides the RF frequency by 256 to approx-
imately 4.2 MHz. The output signal is a square
wave with a peak to peak voltage of about 1.2V,
and is routed to an RG178 coaxial cable attach-
ment.
(3) Logic / Power Supply Board
(a) Power Supply Section of Logic / Power Supply Board
Refer to sheet 1 of Figure 2005 Logic/Power Supply Board

Schematic (-0000) or Figure 2007 Logic/Power Supply
Board Schematic (-0100) for information relating to the
power supply section of the board.
1 Power Supply Description
The power supply used in the KRA 405B is a flyback

converter operating at 230 kHz over the input
range of 18 to 33 Vdc. Input voltages below 16 Vdc
cause the undervoltage lockout circuit to disable
the power supply controller U18. Input surge
voltages greater than 36 Vdc are regulated to 36
Vdc by the overvoltage regulator Q1. The power
supply generates + 5 Vdc, +15 Vdc, and +30 Vdc,
all of the voltages are regulated except for
the -5 Vdc supply.
In addition to providing all of the required power

for the KRA 405B and two (2) KNI 415/416 indica-
tors, the power supply incorporates protection
from lightning, RF susceptibility, audio suscep-
tibility, and prevents unwanted RF emissions from
coupling from the KRA 405B back through the A/C
power buss.
Page 53
006-15536-0006 Rev. 6 34-42-10 Feb/2006
N
2 Input Filtering and Overvoltage Regulator
Input bulk filtering, lightning / spike filter-

ing, RF susceptibility protection / emission sup-
pression, and audio susceptibility protection of
the +27.5 Vdc Aircraft Power Line are provided by
T1, FL1, C37, CR28, Q1, L14, C74, C59, and C49.
Overvoltage protection is provided by Q1 and as-
sociated circuitry. Q1 is normally on due to
turn-on bias current flowing through R75. CR4
protects the gate to source junction of Q1 from
exceeding 10 V. Below 33 Vdc, Q8 and Q7 are both
turned off.
Above 33 Vdc, some current will start to flow

through CR5 turning on Q8. As Q8 turns on, it
pulls the base of Q7 low turning Q7 on. Q7 turning
on applies a higher voltage to the gate of Q1
tending to turn it off.
The net effect of this action is to regulate the

output of Q1 to approximately 36 Vdc during a high
voltage surge on the +27.5 Vdc Aircraft Power
Line.
3 Undervoltage lockout protection and power supply

controller
As the Aircraft 27.5 Vdc Buss voltage drops below

12.5 Vdc, the comparator U24-A turns on which
turns on Q20. This disables the power supply con-
troller U18. Once turned on, U24-A will remain on
until the input voltage rises above 16 Vdc. Then,
U24-A will change state and disable Q20 thus al-
lowing U18 to resume operation.
The power supply controller U18 operates at 230

kHz which is determined by R123 and C76. The con-
troller uses the 9.1 Vdc output line as its sense
input. The 9.1 Vdc line is divided down and com-
pared to an internal 2.5 Vdc reference.
C63 and R126 provide transient response compensa-

tion for the power supply control loop.
Page 54
006-15536-0006 Rev. 6 34-42-10 Feb/2006
N
The controller’s output, U18 pin 10, drives the

gate of Q19, the power supply switch. The trans-
former primary current which flows through Q19
develops a voltage across R129. This voltage is
filtered by the R128/C75 combination and is com-
pared to a one (1) volt reference internal to the
controller U18. During startup or during a cur-
rent overload, the on period of the controllers
output cycle will be terminated by the current
limit circuit rather than by the voltage sense
circuit. R124 prevents parasitic oscillation of
the drive to Q19 while CR29 provides immunity from
negative spikes. The Vcc to U18 is regulated at
+15 Vdc by U16. The +15 Vdc is used elsewhere on
the Logic board, as well as, being used on the RF
board to generate +8 Vdc for the IF strip.
4 Power Supply Outputs
During the time that Q19 is turned on, energy is

stored in the core of T2. The polarity of the
current flowing in the primary of T2 causes the
output windings to be back biased.
As soon as Q19 is turned off, the rectifier diodes

are forward biased and current starts flowing
into the loads. The power supply senses the 9.1
Vdc line. As long as that line is 9.1 Vdc or
greater the controller will remain off.
As soon as all of the energy is dumped out of the

core, the +9.1 Vdc line will start to sag and ter-
minate the off period controlling the duty cycle
of the controller.
The outputs from the transformer T2 are recti-

fied, filtered, and in most cases post regulated
to satisfy requirements for voltage tolerances.
Lightning protection is provided for all input /
output lines both power and signal.
Page 55
006-15536-0006 Rev. 6 34-42-10 Feb/2006
N
(b) Logic Section of Logic / Power Supply Board
1 Functional Blocks
The Logic section of the KRA 405B PS/Logic board

is built around an MC68HC11 microprocessor (U11),
a Xilinx XC3090A FPGA (U12), and additional I/O
circuitry, providing the following functional
blocks:
a Quad D/A Converter
b 8 channel A/D Converter
c VCO Modulator Interface
d Test Port: RS232
e Arinc 429 Transmit channel
f Configuration Module Interface
g Discrete Inputs
• Push To Test:
Unit enters static test mode when active
• Altitude Test Enable:

Interprets Altitude Test In as altitude
when active
• Dual Installation:
Alters modulator ramp frequency to 105Hz
when active
• On Ground Zero:
Reads "low” if aircraft is on the ground
• Factory Test Enable:

Enables special test routines when ac-
tive
• DH Enable: (-0202 version)

Enables DH audio generator when low
Page 56
006-15536-0006 Rev. 6 34-42-10 Feb/2006
N
h Discrete Outputs
• FCS Warn:
Active for FCS warning conditions
• Altimeter Valid:
Active if altimeter readings are valid
• Radar Altimeter Valid:

Active if altimeter readings are valid
• Altitude Trip #1:

Active when altitude > trip point #1


• DH Audio: (-0202 version)

Generates a 50 mW 587 Hz tone into 500
Ohms for 2.5 seconds when enabled
2 Microprocessor And Related Components
Refer to sheet 2 of Figure 2005 Logic/Power Supply

Board Schematic, 002-09033-0000, or Figure 2007
Logic/Power Supply Board Schematic, 002-09033-
0100.
In addition to being the main control element for

the system, the microprocessor (U11) provides an
eight input Analog to Digital converter, several
discrete I/O signals, a full duplex RS232 commu-
nications channel, and four memory mapped chip
select signals.
The basic timing for the processor is derived from

an 8 MHz oscillator, Y2. This signal drives the
EXTAL pin on the HC11 which, after buffering,
makes this signal available to the rest of the
system (CLK4X).
Page 57
006-15536-0006 Rev. 6 34-42-10 Feb/2006
N
Internally, the HC11 divides this clock by 4 to

produce the main system clock, ECLK (2 MHz).
The four memory mapped chip selects normally rest

at a logical ’1’ and pulse low during accesses to
their respective areas of memory.
• CSPROG:
Code storage EPROM, U5
• CSGEN:
Calibration cycle sync strobe for external
test equipment
• CSIO1:
FPGA based I/O functions
• CSIO2:
Not used, but routed to FPGA for expandability
The HC11 also provides 16 programmable discretes,

configured as 4 inputs, and 12 outputs. These
signals are included in the following section
where their input and output buffering circuitry
is found.
The A/D Converter inputs (U11-AN7:0) are limited

to a 0 to +5 V range and monitor the following
signals;
• Power Out Monitor:

Monitors actual transmitted power
• Analog Altitude #1:

Internal wrap around for self test
• Video Threshold:
Varies with received signal amplitude
• Precision Equipment Out:

• Modulator Out:
• Auxiliary Out #2:

Page 58
006-15536-0006 Rev. 6 34-42-10 Feb/2006
N
• Altitude Test Input:

Allows external signal to represent altitude
in test mode. This signal is measured and then
all outputs are updated to represent this al-
titude.
• +9 Volt supply (div.by 3):

Monitors +9 volt supply
The RS232 channel is buffered and converted to

proper line levels by U15. These signals are then
routed to the Test connector, J4, and are used to
interface to a PC-based tester providing various
testing and calibration capabilities. This chip
creates its own + 10 volt supply via an internal
charge pump and external capacitors
(C52,53,54,55).
The Modulation DAC, U20 is used to create the

ramping waveform needed to drive the transmit-
ter’s VCO. This output (TP13) ranges from 0 to
+10 volts.
It is also monitored by the system via the

68HC11’s A/D converter after being divided in
half (R130,131) to reduce it to a 0 to +5 volt
range.
This chip also creates a precision +5 volt refer-

ence which, after buffering (U14-B), supplies the
reference for the HC11’s A/D converter, the Quad
Dac, and its associated output amplifiers which
are discussed next. The actual data written to
this DAC is the result of a continuously updated
’lookup’ table (U28).
The Quad D/A Converter (U30) provides 4 indepen-

dently programmable analog outputs. All four
outputs range from 0 to + 5 volts as determined
by the VREF input (pin1) tied to the system’s pre-
cision + 5 volt reference (U14-B, pin 7).
The first output, Power Out Control, goes to the

RF board and controls the transmitter’s output
power level. The last three outputs report the
measured altitude and require additional amplifi-
cation to provide the required volts/foot scale
factors and offsets.
Page 59
006-15536-0006 Rev. 6 34-42-10 Feb/2006
N
This amplification is provided by U14-A, and U13-

A (-0101), U13-B, or U31-A (-0202). The totem-
pole outputs (Q3,4), (Q11,12), and (Q9,10) pro-
vide higher power output and help buffer the sys-
tem from noise that might be induced on these out-
puts.
Additional protection is provided by the transorb

(CR6,11,12), resistor (R23,77,78), and inductor
(L1,2,3) networks placed on each output. These
filters attenuate external noise as it enters the
unit. The following table shows the range for
each output, and the values expected at altitudes
of zero and fifty feet.
Output min (v) max (v) 0ft (v) 50ft (v)

Power Out Control 0 5
Analog Altitude #1 0 18.25 +0.400 +1.400
Auxiliary Out #2 (-0101) 0.081 -11.486 0.000 -0.200
Auxiliary Out #2 (-0202) 0 +27.250 +0.400 +1.400
Precision Equipment Out 0.202 -28.534 0.000 -0.500
The system VCC supply is monitored by U19, a

MAX699, which activates the system reset line
whenever the VCC supply falls below acceptable
limits. The high active output, after inversion
through Q2-2, holds the FPGA in reset. This pre-
vents configuration until the system supply is
valid and stable. Note that the low active output
from this chip, SYS_RESET is ’Or’ tied with the
DONE_prog output from the FPGA.
This arrangement guarantees that the microproces-

sor will not be released from reset until the VCC
supply is stable and the FPGA has properly con-
figured itself. Once both conditions are satis-
fied, the system is allowed to begin executing
code.
The system code storage is provided by U5, a

27C010 EPROM. This chip is selected by the
CS_PROG chip select from the microprocessor in
conjunction with the ROM_CS select signal (read
only) from the FPGA (U12).
Page 60
006-15536-0006 Rev. 6 34-42-10 Feb/2006
N
This device provides 128 Kbytes of storage;

whereas, the microprocessor can only directly ad-
dress 64 Kbytes. The most significant address
line, A16, is driven by a discrete signal, ROM_PG.
This signal is driven by the FPGA and is currently
held at a logic ’0’.
The FPGA used in the -0202 version is configured

such that when enabled by an external DH signal
it generates a 2.5 second 587 Hz square wave audio
burst. This DH audio tone is buffered by U31-B.
CR 38 and R192 provide lightning protection.
3 Recovery And Output Buffering Of Discretes

0100.
The circuitry on this page handles the recovery

of, and output buffering, for the various dis-
cretes utilized by this design. The input dis-
cretes, which are defined to be either 0 or +28
volts, (Altitude Test Enable, Push To Test, Dual
Install), utilize a series diode and resistor
pull-up to an internally filtered +28V supply.
This produces a discrete which has well defined

and controlled voltage levels, allowing a simple
resistive divider to then reduce this range to 0
or +5 volts.
Additional protection is then applied to these

signals by U4, a diode matrix, which clamps the
signal level to the +5 V supply or ground.
These signals are then buffered by U3 (74HC244)

and passed on to either the microprocessor or FPGA
to be processed by the system software. The Al-
titude Trip Point discretes are passed through an
inverting MosFet stage with a transorb clamp on
its output. This produces output levels which are
either at ground or high impedance (open drain).
Page 61
006-15536-0006 Rev. 6 34-42-10 Feb/2006
N
The output circuitry for the FCS_Warn and

Rad_Alt_Valid are identical to these with the ex-
ception of an additional stage (Q13,Q14), which
provides an active +28 V output instead of a high
impedance.
The Configuration Module Interface is formed by

buffering (U3) and protecting (U4, R7,8,10,11)
five of the HC11 supplied discretes: CFG_OUT,
CFG_CS1, CFG_CS2, CFG_CLK, and CFG_IN. These
lines are sequenced by the system software to
read/write data from/to the module over a series
interface.
NOTE: The following paragraphs applies to

units pre-Mod 9, S/N 3894 or less.
This circuitry is included on the RF
board in units containing Mod 9.
The ’video’ input from the I.F. circuitry is pro-

cessed to provide a DC level proportional to the
received signal level.
This allows the system to monitor the quality and

validity of the return signal from the receiver.
This is accomplished by passing the signal
through a precision half wave rectifier, U10-D
and then filtering and buffering with U10-C. This
signal is then fed to the A/D converter, discussed
previously, and monitored by the system.
To aid in testing the system, an alternate input

(TP22), is provided to allow an independent sig-
nal to be summed into the initial stage and then
followed through the system.
NOTE: End pre-Mod 9 only applicability.
The Receiver supplies a signal which is propor-

tional to the received power level, PWR_DET. This
signal is amplified (U10-A) and fed to the A/D
converter (PWR_MON) so that the system can moni-
tor the actual transmitted power level.
Page 62
006-15536-0006 Rev. 6 34-42-10 Feb/2006
N
To calibrate and then maintain the accuracy of the

system, a self calibration loop is included. This
is accomplished by tapping off a signal from the
pre-scaler portion of the transmitter, determin-
ing its frequency, and then altering the voltage
used by the transmitter’s VCO circuitry. This ob-
tains the correct frequency. This process is then
repeated for every step in the ramp.
The next section contains information regarding

the FPGA measurement. The input signal
(PRE_SCALE) is amplified (U10-B) and then com-
pared (U9-A) to the same 1.25 V reference men-
tioned above. This produces a 0 to +5 V digital
signal (MODCLK).
An alternate input (TP2) is provided to allow an

independent signal to be input to the initial
stage and then followed through the system for
testing. Prior to connecting a signal to TP2, the
coax cable should be disconnected from J2.
The final output from the I.F. portion of the re-

ceiver (IF_IN) is processed by the FPGA to deter-
mine altitude. The next section contains infor-
mation regarding the FPGA measurement.
The IF_IN signal is converted to a 0 or +5 V sig-

nal by limiting it to a 0.833 to 2.5 V range
(CR32, R164,R167,R168,R169) and then comparing it
(U9-B) to a 1.25 V level (R29,R31) producing
VID_CLK. An alternate input (TP1) is provided to
allow an independent signal to be summed into the
initial stage and then followed through the sys-
tem for testing.
4 FPGA, Linearizing ROM, and 429 Transmit Channel

Buffering and DH audio (-0202 version)

0100.
The circuitry on this page includes the FPGA

(U12), the Linearizing Rom (LROM - U28), and the
output buffering for the 429 transmit channel and
DH audio.
Page 63
006-15536-0006 Rev. 6 34-42-10 Feb/2006
N
The circuitry on this page includes the FPGA

(U12), the linearizing ROM (LROM - U28), the out-
put buffering for the 429 transmit channel, and
level shifting for the DH_Enable line. When power
is first applied to the unit, the FPGA holds the
system in reset via its DONE/prog line which is
’OR’ tied to the system’s main reset signal while
it retrieves the necessary configuration informa-
tion from the EPROM (U22). Once this is complete,
U22 is disabled and the LROM(U28) is enabled in
its place.
The LROM is a nonvolatile storage device which is

used to hold the values written to the Modulation
DAC (U20) to produce the linearly varying trans-
mit frequency required for proper operation. The
contents of this device are updated, one location
per calibration cycle, to keep the unit calibrat-
ed as it ages.
The following block diagram shows the main func-

tional blocks within the FPGA.
Page 64
006-15536-0006 Rev. 6 34-42-10 Feb/2006
N
The Quad Dac Interface allows the 8-bit HC11 to

program the 12-bit QDAC (U30) by latching the most
significant 4 bits written in the first write cy-
cle by the system. When the lower byte is then
written, the interface strobes the QDAC to load
in all 12 bits.
The FPGA also has a Lo-baud, 429 transmitter which

is implemented as a 32 bit shift register. After
loading each of the 8 bit latches, the HC11 sends
a Txmit command which then causes the sequencer
to shift out all 32 bits. The ARINC 429 outputs
are buffered and driven by the output amplifiers
(U7A,B, Q15,Q16,Q17,Q18).
Additional protection for the outputs from exter-

nally induced noise is provided by
CR16,CR17,CR21,CR22, which clamp the levels at
the outputs to +33 V.
Page 65
006-15536-0006 Rev. 6 34-42-10 Feb/2006
N
The MDAC/CAL Interface consists of a 10-bit latch

(UpLim), a 10-bit counter (RampCntr), a 10 bit
comparator, an 18-bit counter (Cal/Mod Cntr), and
a filtering circuit used to ’Deglitch’ the incom-
ing signal (VID_CLK). During a calibration cy-
cle, the Ramp counter is allowed to increment un-
til it reaches the value stored in the UpLim
latches. When this limit is reached, the Cal/Mod
counter is then allowed to count PRE_SCL cycles
for 10 mS. The resultant count is then fed back
to the HC11 for further processing to determine
if the LROM value at this ramp location should be
updated.
The Deglitcher filters the VID_CLK signal, remov-

ing any cycles which are less in width than a pro-
grammable threshold value. The pulse width of
this filtered signal is then measured and re-
turned to the HC11 for calculating the altitude.
The Modulator Waveforms are shown below and rep-

resent a typical sequence seen while monitoring
the VCO drive voltage, MOD_OUT (U20-TP13).
This sequence represents two basic modes of oper-

ation: calibration and normal. The numbers within
the waveform divides the operations into 6 basic
states:
a Halt - reset or end of a calibration cycle
b Up Ramp - altitude measurements are per-

formed
c Dn Ramp - altitude measurements are per-

formed
If a calibration cycle has not been re-

quested, loop back to a
Page 66
006-15536-0006 Rev. 6 34-42-10 Feb/2006
N
d Ramp up to calibration location
e Measure prescaler frequency
f Ramp back down to 0 and then wait for ’re-

start’ command
The ’Calibration Loop’ is shown below and shows

the circuitry, and data paths necessary to cali-
brate the Linearizing Rom (LROM).
To calibrate a given ramp location, the system

performs the following steps:
a while in states ’1’ or ’2’, write the ramp

location to the FPGA’s UpLim registers
b " “ request a cal cycle to be

performed via (FPGA)
c the FPGA enters state ’3’ when state ’2’

completes
d the FPGA writes the value of the currently

addressed location in the LROM to the MDAC
e this new voltage level alters the transmit

frequency, and the prescaler feedback
Page 67
006-15536-0006 Rev. 6 34-42-10 Feb/2006
N
If the current ramp location < Calibration

location, increment the ramp counter, go to
d
f enter state ’4’, measure the prescaler fre-

quency, return to HC11
g enter state ’5’, ramp the MDAC back down to

zero
h enter state ’0’, wait for restart command
i if the system chooses to change the data

value at the calibration location in the
LROM, it now writes directly to the LROM
j reenter state ’1’, or update UpLim regis-

ters and reenter state ’3’
The FPGA used in the -0202 version is configured

such that when enabled by an external DH signal
it generates a 2.5 second 587 Hz. square wave au-
dio burst. This DH audio tone is buffered by U31-
B (sheet 2). CR 38 and R192 (sheet 2) provide
lightning protection for the buffered output.
The FPGA (-0202) is enabled by Q23 and associated
circuitry.
Page 68
006-15536-0006 Rev. 6 34-42-10 Feb/2006
N
TESTING AND FAULT ISOLATION

1. General
This section of the manual contains functional test, fault isolation, and
alignment procedures for the KRA 405B. The functional test is a cover-on
test to determine the operational status of the unit. Alignment proce-
dures are used when a misalignment is detected or a module or component
has been replaced.
CAUTION: THIS EQUIPMENT CONTAINS ELECTROSTATIC DISCHARGE SENSITIVE (ES-

DS) DEVICES. ALL MODULES CONTAINING ESDS DEVICES ARE FLAGGED
OR IDENTIFIED ON SCHEMATICS AND ASSEMBLY ILLUSTRATIONS, AND ARE
INDIVIDUALLY IDENTIFIED IN THE PARTS LIST. ALL ESDS DEVICES
MUST BE HANDLED IN ACCORDANCE WITH PROCEDURES OUTLINED IN THE
REPAIR SECTION OF THIS MANUAL.
ESDS DEVICES INCLUDE, BUT ARE NOT LIMITED TO, C-MOS, J-MOS,
PMOS, NMOS, SOCMOS, HMOS, MOS/FET, MICROWAVE MIXER DIODES, SOME
BIPOLAR DEVICES, AND SOME METAL FILM RESISTORS.
MOST DAMAGE TO ESDS DEVICES RESULTS IN DEGRADED PERFORMANCE OR

PREMATURE FAILURE, NOT IN CATASTROPHIC FAILURE AT THE TIME EX-
PERIENCED.
2. Test Equipment Required
For list of required test equipment see Figure 9001 KRA 405B Bench Test
Kit in the SPECIAL TOOLS, FIXTURES, AND EQUIPMENT section. In the fol-
lowing paragraphs, the common name for the test equipment is followed by
a number in parentheses. This number refers to item numbers in Figure
9001 KRA 405B Bench Test Kit.
3. Functional Test Procedures
A. General
The purpose of functional testing is to determine the operational

status of the unit. Functional test procedures are provided for a
Return to Service condition.
If an in-service unit tests within the acceptable limits given in

this test procedure, no further testing is required and the unit
should be considered suitable for installation in an aircraft.
If the unit fails any portion of the functional test, proceed to the
troubleshooting section for fault isolation. In general, after
fault repair and/or assembly replacement, the unit should be tested
again to make sure that it meets the performance criteria.
Page 1001
006-15536-0006 Rev. 6 34-42-10 Feb/2006
N
B. Minimum Performance Test Procedures (In-Service Field Units)
(1) General
Paragraph (4) Return to Service Tests contains functional test

procedures which specify the minimum performance limits with-
in which an existing field service unit shall meet and still
be suitable for installation in an aircraft. As such, this
test procedure may be used to bench test a unit which has been
removed from an aircraft.
(2) KRA 405B Altitude Test
The KRA 405B may be altitude tested via the Analog Altitude
Test Input. This input, after scaling, drives one of the in-
puts to the MC68HC11’s A/D converter. When the system sees
both Altitude Test#1 and Altitude Test#2 discrete inputs
shorted to ground, it reads this voltage level and then drives
all of the system’s altitude outputs in accordance with the
altitude relating to this voltage. This provides a convenient
method for checking the system’s analog and digital processing
circuitry without using any of the Transmitting or Receiving
circuits.
The input voltage can range from 0 to +25.0 volts, represent-

ing 0 to 2500 feet of altitude. The scaling then for this
input is +10mV/ft. Figure 1001 KRA 405B Altitude Test Diagram
illustrates the KRA 405B altitude test setup diagram.
NOTE: For units with -0101 version software, set the

variable attenuator, shown in Figure 1001 KRA 405B
Altitude Test Diagram, at a level that ensures that
the unit is locked to the 250 ft. delay line.
Page 1002
006-15536-0006 Rev. 6 34-42-10 Feb/2006
N
Figure 1001 KRA 405B Altitude Test Diagram
(3) KRA 405B Computer Based Tester
Figure 1002 KRA 405B Computer Tester Diagram
Page 1003
006-15536-0006 Rev. 6 34-42-10 Feb/2006
N
(a) Equipment (refer also to section 9000 SPECIAL TOOLS,

FIXTURES, AND EQUIPMENT)
The tester is composed of the following items:
1 Computer
The software requires a 386 (or higher) PC com-

patible computer, with an available serial port,
VGA graphics ability, and a DOS compatible oper-
ating system.
2 Software:
Honeywell part number: 222-00421-0000. This con-

tains the main executable (KRA405B.EXE) and a
collection of xxxxx.BIN files which are the rou-
tines downloaded to the microprocessor for vari-
ous testing purposes.
3 Test Cable:
KRA 405B PC test cable. One side plugs into a

serial port on the computer. The other side plugs
directly to the logic board in the unit.
(b) Installation
To install and utilize the software, create a subdirec-

tory and copy the contents of the tester software into
this directory. The cable is then attached to one of
the computer’s serial ports. The default Comm port used
is COM2. Should COM1 be preferable, the program should
be started supplying the desired Comm port (1) as a com-
mand line parameter, i.e. KRA405B 1 <ENTER>.
When utilizing this program, the following steps should

be performed in order:
1 Attach cable to Logic board via J4. (10 pin, dual

row Berg connector)
2 Start program: KRA405B <ENTER>
3 Apply power to the KRA 405B.
Page 1004
006-15536-0006 Rev. 6 34-42-10 Feb/2006
N
(c) Theory of Operation
The MC68HC11 microprocessor, utilized within the KRA

405B Radar Altimeter, is capable of operating in four
basic operational modes. During normal operation, the
microprocessor is utilizing the ’Normal Expanded’ mode
of operation. This mode is entered as the system comes
out of reset, if the mode pins (MODA,MODB) are both at
a logical ’1’.
In this mode, the processor is capable of accessing ex-

ternal memory devices via it’s address and data busses.
The remaining port pins serve a variety of programmable
I/O functions.
When the ’PC tester cable’ is attached, the two mode

pins are grounded on the microprocessor, selecting
’special bootstrap’ mode of operation. In this mode,
the microprocessor is operating in ’single chip’ mode,
requiring it’s code storage and ram memory to be con-
tained within the microprocessor. As the unit comes out
of reset in this mode, the microprocessor utilizes it’s
on-board ’UART’ to receive information from an external
source (PC tester). As information is received, it is
stored sequentially in internal ram beginning at ad-
dress $0000. As soon as the internal ram is filled
(1024 bytes), or a gap of 4 bit times is sensed, the
microprocessor quits receiving data and begins execut-
ing code at address $0000. This allows special test
routines to be downloaded for the purpose of performing
diagnostic tests, without having to permanently store
these routines in the system EPROM storage space.
This program utilizes this ability, downloading specif-

ic test routines as selected from the ’main menu.’
When the user exits the downloaded task, the routine
re-initiates a new download by performing a ’JMP $BF00’,
which accesses the bootloader routine stored in the
68HC11’s internal ROM.
To return to normal mode of operation, the user must

remove power from the unit, remove the tester cable, and
then restore power to the unit.
Page 1005
006-15536-0006 Rev. 6 34-42-10 Feb/2006
N
(d) Functions
The program’s main screen is shown below. This screen

provides access to all of the various functions covered
by the tester. Each of the items listed on this menu
are covered in subsequent sections.
NOTE: The following screens may indicate different

revisions i.e. v2.82 or v2.84 etc. This is
due to software changes that do not impact
the screen views.
NOTE: This screen must be displayed while power is

being applied to the KRA 405B to properly
synchronize the PC and the MC68HC11.
P. Power Out: xxx volts
Many of the tester’s utilities rely on the setting of

the Transmitter Power Output DAC. This setting provides
the default value passed to the various routines.
X. Exit
This key exits the program and returns the user to the
operating system which invoked the utility, Windows or
DOS.
1 Logic Board Test
Page 1006
006-15536-0006 Rev. 6 34-42-10 Feb/2006
N
This function exercises the I/O circuitry on the

Logic Board. All DAC outputs should be ramping
between their minimum and maximum values. Note
that the Modulator output is not dependent on the
data stored within the LROM lookup table, as the
routine is writing directly to the DAC. This pro-
vides a verification of the DAC output, not de-
pendent on proper unit calibration. The address
lines to the LROM should be toggling at 7 Hz, as
should the Config. Module, Altitude Trip, FWarn,
and RA_Valid discrete outputs.
2 Meter Mode
Page 1007
006-15536-0006 Rev. 6 34-42-10 Feb/2006
N
This routine allows the DAC outputs to be indi-

vidually set to any voltage within their range.
The A/D inputs of the 68HC11 are also monitored
and displayed. Four of the five DAC outputs are
looped back to the A/D inputs for runtime moni-
toring and should always reflect the voltage lev-
el programmed into the DAC. Note that the ’loop-
back’ occurs at the output of the DAC, prior to
the offsetting and scaling.
The scaling associated with each output is used

in the screen display though to provide easier
correlation to the levels that should be present
at the unit’s connector. Note that the Power Out
DAC is not directly monitored, rather the re-
ceived signal average level, which should vary
with the Power Out setting. The Prescaler fre-
quency is monitored, as is the pulse width of the
incoming radar return signal (Video).
3 RF Board Exerciser
Page 1008
006-15536-0006 Rev. 6 34-42-10 Feb/2006
N
This routine provides a subset of the features

provided by the previous function ’Meter Mode.’
Those functions retained are simply the one’s an-
ticipated to be of help when troubleshooting or
testing the RF board in the unit.
4 Calibrate LROM
This routine is used to perform a calibration of

the LROM lookup table. At each position within
the table(475 steps), the Modulator DAC voltage
is varied to find the proper level to produce the
desired transmitted VCO frequency, as reported by
the Prescaler feedback. When complete, the data
is stored in the nonvolatile LROM device. Option-
ally, the data can be saved to a file, allowing
off-line analysis and comparison.
The linearity of the resultant curve is also com-

puted and displayed, as is the minimum, maximum,
and span of the voltage used to create the desired
response (4.25 to 4.35 Ghz).
Page 1009
006-15536-0006 Rev. 6 34-42-10 Feb/2006
N
5 LROM Linearity
Once the unit has been calibrated, the resultant

’linearity’ can be checked by running this rou-
tine, which sequences through each of the 475
steps, retrieving the stored LROM DAC code, ap-
plying it to the DAC, and then measuring the re-
sultant prescaler feedback frequency. The screen
above shows the display while the verification is
being performed.
Once completed, the linearity is again computed

and displayed. As with the calibration data, this
data can also be saved for further analysis.
Page 1010
006-15536-0006 Rev. 6 34-42-10 Feb/2006
N
6 VCO Picket Fence
This routine drives the transmitter VCO with

eleven discrete voltages, rather than the 475
step ramp used in normal operation. The purpose
is to provide an output from the transmitter which
should only have eleven components;
4.25, 4.26, ..... 4.34, 4.35 Ghz The resultant
output can be effectively analyzed on a Spectrum
Analyzer. The output power used during the test
is the current value, adjustable from the ’Main’
menu.
Page 1011
006-15536-0006 Rev. 6 34-42-10 Feb/2006
N
7 100/105 Hz VCO Ramp
This routine utilizes the calibration data stored

in the LROM, while ramping the VCO output at the
normal 100 Hz rate, 105 Hz if the Dual Install
discrete input is activated. The output power and
the ’Glitch’ filter can be adjusted while moni-
toring the received signals pulse width, or ef-
fective altitude. The [V]ideo mode option
switches the display between Height and Pulse
width.
8 EEprom Editor
This collection of routines allows the user to ac-

cess three of the nonvolatile memory elements
within the system; Configuration Module, HC11
Eeprom, and the LROM. The basic functions includ-
ed are those found in a typical Eprom Programmer,
allowing the user to read, program, and verify
these devices. The data files can be read from
or written to disk files for storage and/or sep-
arate analysis.
Page 1012
006-15536-0006 Rev. 6 34-42-10 Feb/2006
N
The contents of the device, once read, can be

viewed and/or edited from the ’6. View Buffer’ op-
tion of the initial screen, shown above. To enter
edit mode, hit the Insert key to be prompted for
the address range and data to be modified.
Page 1013
006-15536-0006 Rev. 6 34-42-10 Feb/2006
N
This screen graphs the contents of the LROM, al-

lowing the linearity, and range of voltages being
used, to be checked after calibration or normal
operation. The [O]verlay function allows addi-
tional graphs stored on disk to be overlaid onto
the current graph, possibly showing trends in the
functioning of the VCO.
9 Error Log
Page 1014
006-15536-0006 Rev. 6 34-42-10 Feb/2006
N
This routine reads the Error log stored within the

MC68HC11’s internal Eeprom. This information is
stored as a single byte with each bit representing
the occurrence of an error if that bit is set.
Additionally, the number of times the unit has
been powered up (in normal operational mode) is
displayed. The Error Log and Reset count can
also be cleared through this screen.
NOTE: Avoid clearing the Reset count as this

can be an aid in the lifetime support
and maintenance of the unit.
10 Analog Calibration
This function allows the user to ’zero’ out offset

errors within the analog altitude output cir-
cuits. The resultant offset count is stored with-
in the MC68HC11 and is then used in normal oper-
ation to produce a corrected output. The HOME key
sends the outputs to their ’zero’ foot value. Op-
tionally the user can perform/check the calibra-
tion at any given output voltage. The [S]tore op-
tion must be used to update the MC68HC11 in order
for the new values to take effect.
Page 1015
006-15536-0006 Rev. 6 34-42-10 Feb/2006
N
11 Boot Loader
This function provides a means to incorporate ad-

ditional functions and tests not currently sup-
ported. The new routines, are downloaded into the
MC68HC11 through this screen. The routines have
to adhere to a few rules, detailed on the previous
screen. This program mainly operates as a termi-
nal, displaying ASCII encoded information until
the exit condition (ESC key) is entered.
12 Configuration Module
Page 1016
006-15536-0006 Rev. 6 34-42-10 Feb/2006
N
This screen allows the user to check the values

stored in, or select new values to program into
the Config Module. The default values can also
be selected for these settings prior to updating
a module.
13 Help Screen
The help screen is simply a reminder of the cur-

rent Comm port being used, and the warning that
the tester program must be at the ’Main’ screen
while applying power to the KRA 405B.
14 Options
This screen allows the operator to select the ’re-

vision’ of the Logic board being tested, the max-
imum error size allowed during calibration, and
on/off control of the Power Out DAC default set-
ting. Each of these functions defaults to appro-
priate settings and should not need to be altered.
(e) Windows Operation
Although written as a DOS application, the program will

run under certain versions of the Windows operating sys-
tem. It will not function correctly under the NT tech-
nologies such as NT, ME, 2000, or XP. It will work when
invoked in a DOS window under Windows 95 or 98. The
following steps allow the program to run under Windows
3.11;
1 After opening the desired ’Program Group’ ,

(Main, Accessories, Utils, etc...)
2 Select File - New - Program Item - OK
3 Fill in the Program properties, as appropriate,

example below, and select OK
Page 1017
006-15536-0006 Rev. 6 34-42-10 Feb/2006
N
4 Then, using the PIF editor, usually found in the

’MAIN’ program group, create the KRA405B.PIF file
and store it in the same directory as the
KRA405B.EXE file. The following figures show the
settings that have been seen to work.
Page 1018
006-15536-0006 Rev. 6 34-42-10 Feb/2006
N
This is the main screen in the ’PIF’ editor. The

program needs to run ’Full Screen’, and needs to
be setup for ’High Graphics’. Then select ’Ad-
vanced’, to reach the next screen. Copy the set-
tings shown above and then save the .PIF file.
The program should now be accessible from within
Windows.
(4) Return to Service Tests
The return to service function is a test sequence that pro-

vides a comprehensive evaluation of the unit. The following
details the KRA 405B return to service tests.
(a) Power Supply Section
Using DMM monitor the Unit current draw on the A+ line

at 27.5Vdc input. Current draw for the KRA 405B shall
be less than 0.85 Amps. Current draw for the KRA 405B
and the KNI 415/416 together shall be less than 1.2
Amps. Monitor the power supply voltages at the points
indicated in table below.
Voltage Monitor Point

-5.2 Vdc L5 or L13
+5 Vdc TP18
+9 Vdc TP16
-15 Vdc J4 pin 8
+15 Vdc J4 pin 7
-30 Vdc J4 pin 10
+30 Vdc J4 pin 9
Ground Reference TP20
(b) Logic Board Test using the KRA 405B Computer Based
Tester
(see Figure 1002 KRA 405B Computer Tester Diagram).
See Testing and Fault Isolation section 3. B. Test Setup

for procedures to connect the Computer Based Tester to
the KRA 405B. To invoke the Logic Board Test function,
see Testing and Fault Isolation section 3.B.(3)(d) 1
Logic Board Test.
Page 1019
006-15536-0006 Rev. 6 34-42-10 Feb/2006
N
Using an oscilloscope, verify the following:
• at L1, L3, and L2 (Ana_Alt_1, Aux_Out_2, and

Pre_Equ_Out), there is a 7 Hz triangle wave refer-
enced to ground of approximately (18.25Vpk,
-11.5Vpk, and -28.5Vpk).
• that L7, L8, L9, L10, and L11 (FCS_Warn,
Rad_Alt_Valid, Alt_Trip1, Alt_Trip2, and Alt_Trip3)
are toggling on and off at a 7 Hz rate.
• at TP 8 and TP9 a 429 word is present. See Section
4.C.(2)(b) 4 Verify Input/Output circuitry for a de-
scription of the 429 word.
• at TP13 and TP10 (Modulator Output, and RF Power Out-
put Control), there is a 7 Hz triangle wave refer-
enced to ground of approximately (10 V pk and 5 V
pk).
• that the CM2000 Configuration Module Connector pins
6, 4, 2, and 9 (Config_Clk, Config_Data_out,
Config_CS_1, and Config_CS_2) are toggling on and
off at a 7 Hz rate.
Press Enter on the PC keyboard to get back to the main
test menu.
(c) Modulator Clock Check
Set the HP 33120A Function Generator to a 0.5V pp 4.25

Mhz signal and inject it into J2 (Prescaler input) or
TP2. Using an oscilloscope, verify that at TP15 (Mod-
ulation Clock) there is 4.25 Mhz square wave signal ap-
proximately 3.5Vpk in amplitude. Vary the input fre-
quency from 4.0 to 4.5 Mhz and confirm that the output
follows the input.
(d) Video Clock Check
Set the HP 33120A Function Generator to a 3.0 V pp 1 kHz

sine wave signal and inject it into TP1. Using a scope,
verify that at TP4 (Video Clock) there is 1kHz square
wave signal approximately 3.5V pk in amplitude. Connect
the 33120A Function Generator to TP22. (on units -0101,
-0202, and -2001 with mod 9 and above or unit -4001, use
TP22 and TP3 on the RF board). Using an oscilloscope,
verify that at TP3 (Video Threshold) there is a dc volt-
age which varies as the Generator output level is varied
up and down.
Page 1020
006-15536-0006 Rev. 6 34-42-10 Feb/2006
N
(e) LROM Linearity Check using the KRA 405B Computer Based
Tester (see Figure 1002 KRA 405B Computer Tester Dia-
gram)

the KRA 405B. Invoke the "LROM Linearity" function, see
Testing and Fault Isolation section 3.B.(3) (e) LROM
Linearity Check using the KRA 405B Computer Based Tester
5.
Record the linearity in the data sheet. If the linear-

ity error is greater than 3%, recalibration is called
for. For Recalibration, see Testing and Fault Isolation
section 3.B.(3) 4 Calibrate LROM. If the linearity er-
ror is still greater than 3% then see the RF board trou-
bleshooting section 4.C. (1) RF Board Troubleshooting.
(f) Transmitter Power Output Check using the KRA 405B Com-
puter Based Tester (see Figure 1002 KRA 405B Computer
Tester Diagram)

the KRA 405B. Also refer to Figure 1002 KRA 405B Com-
puter Tester Diagram. Remove the RF cable connecting
to the Receiver Port. Remove all but one 20 dB pad and
the RF cable connecting to the Transmitter port. Con-
nect the RF Power Meter HP 431B to the 20dB pad through
a Type N female to female adapter.
Invoke the "RF Board Exerciser" function, see Testing

and Fault Isolation section 3.B.(3)(d) 2 RF Board Exer-
ciser. Press the left arrow to make the modulation
voltage variable. Using the CTRL Page Up, CTRL Page
Down, Up arrow, and Down arrow to set the modulation
voltage such that the VCO output is at 4.3 Ghz.
Press the right arrow to make the Power Out variable.

Press the End key to select maximum power out. Verify
that the power output is greater than 160 mW but less
than 400mW.
Press the Home key to select minimum power out. Verify

that the power out is at least 8 dB less than maximum
power out. Reconnect the system as shown in Figure 1002
KRA 405B Computer Tester Diagram.
Page 1021
006-15536-0006 Rev. 6 34-42-10 Feb/2006
N
(g) Configuration Module Check using the KRA 405B Computer

Based Tester (see Figure 1002 KRA 405B Computer Tester
Diagram).
Turn off power to the UUT. Install the Configuration

Module on the Bench Test Harness. Reconnect the Test
Cable to J4 on the Logic / Power Supply board and turn
on power to the UUT. Invoke the Configuration Module
function, see Testing and Fault Isolation section 3.B.
(3)(d) 12 Configuration Module. Type “D” and Return to
program the module with the default settings. Then press
U and <Return> to update the configuration module. Re-
turn to the main test menu.
Turn off power to the UUT. Unplug the Test Cable from
J4 on the Logic / Power Supply board. Turn on unit and
set RF attenuation to lock to the 250 foot delay line.
Check that Altitude Trip #2 is turned on.
Turn off power to the UUT. Reconnect the Test Cable to

J4 on the Logic / Power Supply board and turn on power
to the UUT. Invoke the "Configuration Module" function,
see Testing and Fault Isolation section 3.B.(3)(d) 12
Configuration Module. Type "2" and Return to select Al-
titude Trip #2. Type 100 and Return to set Altitude
Trip #2 to 100 feet. Then press U and Return to update
the Configuration Module. Return to the main test menu.
Turn off power to the UUT and disconnect Test Cable from
J4 on the Logic / Power Supply board.
Turn on power to the UUT and verify that Altitude Trip

#2 is turned off. Turn off power to the UUT. Reconnect
the Test Cable to J4 on the Logic / Power Supply board
and turn on power to the UUT.
Invoke the "Configuration Module" function, see Testing

and Fault Isolation section 3.B.(3)(d) 12 Configuration
Module. Type "2" and Return to select Altitude Trip #2.
Type 500 and return to set Altitude Trip #2 to 500 feet.
Then press U and Return to update the Configuration Mod-
ule. Return to the main test menu. Turn off power to
the UUT and disconnect Test Cable from J4 on the Logic
/ Power Supply board.
Page 1022
006-15536-0006 Rev. 6 34-42-10 Feb/2006
N
(h) Dual Installation Check
Using an oscilloscope, verify that at TP13 the Modula-

tion Frequency is approximately 100 Hz. Set the Dual
Installation Switch to the Slave position (Dual Instal-
lation) and cycle the power on the UUT.
Verify that at TP13 the Modulation Frequency is approx-

imately 105 Hz. Connect 429 reader to the 429 output
and confirm that in Label #164 that the SDI bits are set
to Installation 2, in which Bit 9 = 0 and Bit 10 = 1.
Return Dual Installation Switch to Master position and
confirm that Label #164 SDI bits are set to Installation
1, in which Bit 9 = 1 and Bit 10 = 0.
(i) Self Test Check
Verify that UUT is locked to the 250 foot Delay Line and
that the indicated altitude is 250 feet. Monitor the
429 reader on Label #164 and verify that SSM bits equal
Normal Operation, in which both Bit 30 and Bit 31 = 1,
and that Rad_Alt_Valid, and FCS_Warn lines are true
(High).
Disconnect Prescaler Cable from J2 on the Logic / Power

Supply board. Allow UUT to operate with the Prescaler
Cable disconnected until the FCS_Warn and the
Rad_Alt_Valid lines go false (Low).
Monitor the 429 reader on Label #164 and verify that SSM
bits equal Failure, in which Bit 30 and Bit 31 = 0, and
that indicated altitude is still 250 feet.
Turn off power to the UUT and reconnect the Prescaler

Cable to J2 on the Logic board.
(j) Installation Altitude Zero Switch Check
See Figure 1001 KRA 405B Altitude Test Diagram. Con-

figure the test setup by replacing the 250 foot delay
line with a zero length delay line (Type N female to
female adapter). Set the variable attenuator in order
to lock at zero feet, approximately 65 dB loop loss.
Monitor the Pre_Equ_Out with the DMM. There are two

slightly differing procedures depending on the software
mod of the KRA 405B.
Page 1023
006-15536-0006 Rev. 6 34-42-10 Feb/2006
N
Refer to the software mod tag on the front of the unit

to determine the correct procedure for the Unit Under
Test.
For units with a software mod less than 01/04 or 02/04,

press and hold the Installation Altitude Zero Switch lo-
cated on the front of the KRA 405B for eight (8) sec-
onds. Verify that the Pre_Equ_Out becomes 0 VDC +/- 30
mv after the switch is released.
For units with a software mod 01/04 or 02/04 or higher,

press the Installation Altitude Zero Switch located on
the front of the KRA 405B. Verify that the Pre_Equ_Out
temporarily provides a voltage of -5 VDC +/- 30 mv be-
fore settling back to 0 VDC +/- 30 mv. The 500 foot
indication is an indication of the calibration in pro-
cess. The switch must only be held long enough to ini-
tiate the 500 foot output.
NOTE: When reinstalling the KRA 405B into the Air-

craft, the Installation Altitude Zero Switch
will again have to be performed as described
above to zero out the length of the installed
RF cables between the KRA 405B and the anten-
nas.
(k) Push to Test Check
Put the KRA 405B in Push to Test Mode by depressing the

Push to Test Switch on the KNI 415 / 416 or setting the
Altitude_Test_Enable2 switch to on.
Using a DMM verify the following:
• that the Pre_Equ_Out voltage is between -0.47 and

-0.53 Vdc.
• that the Ana_Alt voltage is between 1.34 and 1.46
Vdc.
• that the Aux_Out_2 voltage is between -0.188 and
-0.212 Vdc (-0101).
• that the Aux_Out_2 voltage is between +1.340 and
+1.460 Vdc (-0202).
Connect the 429 reader and verify that the altitude dis-
played under Label 164 is between 47 and 53 feet.
Page 1024
006-15536-0006 Rev. 6 34-42-10 Feb/2006
N
NOTE: If any RT errors are in the error log, all

values will be approximately 100 feet instead
of 50 feet. If any Configuration Module er-
rors are in the error log, all values will be
approximately 200 feet instead of 50 feet.
Verify that label 164 SSM bits are set to Functional

Test, in which Bit 30 = 0 and Bit 31 = 1. Verify that
the FCS_Warn is False (Low), while the Alt_Valid and
Rad_Alt_Valid lines are True (High).
Take the UUT out of Push to Test.
(l) Minimum Signal Strength / Hysterisis
See Figure 1002 KRA 405B Computer Tester Diagram. De-

termine the loop loss attenuation required to Lock and
to Unlock for both the Zero foot and 250 foot Delay
lines (Zero foot Delay line is configured by replacing
the 250 foot Delay Line with a type N female to female
adapter).
The loop loss attenuation consists of the sum of all of

the attenuators fixed and variable + all RF cabling
losses + insertion loss of the delay line.
NOTE: For the 250 feet tests, insert an additional

10 db pad to the test cable.
Minimum Signal and Hysteresis (-0101) Pre SW Mod 01/02
Delay Line (feet) Lock [dB] Unlock [dB]

0 55 75
250 100 130
Minimum Signal and Hysteresis (-0101 SW Mod 01/02 and above,

-0202, -2001, -4001)
Delay Line (feet) Lock [dB] Unlock [dB]

0 49 97
250 96 114
(m) Unlocked Tests
See Figure 1002 KRA 405B Computer Tester Diagram. In-

crease attenuation until UUT unlocks.
Page 1025
006-15536-0006 Rev. 6 34-42-10 Feb/2006
N

-29.5Vdc.
Vdc.
-12.0Vdc (-0101).
• that the Aux_Out_2 voltage is between 26.25 and
28.75Vdc (-0202).
played under Label 164 is greater than 2850 feet and
that the SSM bits = 2.
(n) Altitude Accuracy Checks
See Figure 1002 KRA 405B Computer Tester Diagram. Con-

figure setup for 0 foot delay line. Set loop attenua-
tion for lockup + 6 dB.
Verify that Pre_Equ_Out is 0.0 +/-0.015 Vdc, if not, de-

press the Installation Zero Switch and hold for eight
(8) seconds.
Configure setup for 250 foot delay line. Set loop at-
tenuation for lockup + 6 dB.

-2.55 Vdc.
Vdc.
-1.02 Vdc (-0101).
• that the Aux_Out_2 voltage is between 5.160 and 5.480
Vdc (-0202).
played under Label 164 is between 237.2 and 254.9 feet.
(o) Altitude_Test_Input / Altitude Trips Check
See Figure 1001 KRA 405B Altitude Test Diagram. Connect

a variable power supply between the Alt_Test_Input and
Aircraft Power Ground of the fabricated test cable.
Page 1026
006-15536-0006 Rev. 6 34-42-10 Feb/2006
N
NOTE: For -0101 version software set loop attenua-

tion for lockup +6 dB.
Set the Alt_Test_Enable_1 and Alt_Test_Enable_2 switch-

es to the on position.
Set the variable power supply to 0.5 +/-0.01 Vdc, and

using a DMM verify that the Pre_Equip_Out is between
-0.46 and -0.54 Vdc. Verify that all three Altitude
Trips are ON.

-9.30 and -10.70 Vdc. Verify that Alt_Trip1 and
Alt_Trip2 are OFF and Alt_Trip3 is ON.

-18.6 and -21.4 Vdc. Verify that all three Altitude
Trips are OFF.
NOTE: When using Altitude_Test_Input below 400 feet

the length of the antenna cables must be tak-
en into consideration. The electrical length
of total antenna coax in feet must be added
to the variable power supply voltage. For ex-
ample: Assuming 25 feet of antenna coax in-
cluding the path to the ground and back and
a desired altitude of 50 feet. The variable
power supply would be set to 0.5V + 0.25V for
a total of 0.75V, which equals the desired 50
feet altitude + the 25 feet of antenna coax
including the path to the ground and back.
(p) Clear Error Log
Turn off power to the UUT. Reconnect the Test Cable to

J4 on the Logic / Power Supply board and turn on power
to the UUT. Invoke the “Error Log” function, see Testing
and Fault Isolation section 3.B.(3)(d) 9 Error Log.
Type “C” and Return to clear out any previous errors
that had been recorded there.
This completes the Return to Service Check. Refer to

the following section for a test data sheet.
Page 1027
006-15536-0006 Rev. 6 34-42-10 Feb/2006
N
(5) KRA 405B Return to Service Tests Data Sheet

Serial Number:_____________
(a) Power Supply Section
Test Description Measured Data Limits/Conditions

28 V Line Current Draw ____________ mA NMT 850 mA
Power Supply Voltages See Table
Voltage Specification
-5.2 ___________V -4.75 to -5.46 Vdc
+5.0 ___________V +4.75 to +5.25 Vdc
+9.0 ___________V +8.55 to +9.45 Vdc
-15.0 ___________V -14.25 to -15.75 Vdc
+15.0 ___________V +14.25 to +15.75 Vdc
-30.0 ___________V -28.5 to -31.5 Vdc
+30.0 ___________V +28.5 to +31.5 Vdc
(b) Logic Board Test using the KRA 405B Computer Based
Tester (see Figure 1002 KRA 405B Computer Tester Dia-
gram)

Analog Alt. (Pin E) ______(OK) Approximately +18.25 V Triangle
Aux Out (Pin Z) (-0101) ______(OK) Approximately -11.5 V Triangle
Aux Out (Pin Z) (-0202) ______(OK) Approximately +26.5 V Triangle
PEO (Pin b) ______(OK) Approximately -28.5 V Triangle
FCS Warn (Pin d) ______(OK) Toggling At Approximately 7 Hz
RAD_Alt_Valid (Pin j) ______(OK) Toggling At Approximately 7 Hz
Alt Trips (Pins W, V, and F) ______(OK) Toggling At Approximately 7 Hz
Arinc 429 ______(OK) Present
Modulator Output (TP13) ______(OK) Approximately 10 V Triangle
RF Power Output Control (TP10) ______(OK) Approximately 5 V Triangle
Config Module Lines ______(OK) Toggling At Approximately 7 Hz
(c) Mod Clock Check

Mod Clock (TP15) ______(OK) Approximately 3.5V p-p square wave
Page 1028
006-15536-0006 Rev. 6 34-42-10 Feb/2006
N
(d) Video Clock Check

Vid Clk (TP4) ______(OK) Approximately 3.5V p-p square wave
Video Threshold (TP3) ______(OK) Variable DC
(e) LROM Linearity Check using the KRA 405B Computer Based
Tester
(see Figure 1002 KRA 405B Computer Tester Diagram)

LROM Linearity Error ________% Less than 3%
(f) Transmitter Power Out Check using the KRA 405B Computer
Diagram)

Maximum Power __________mW NLT 160 mW and NMT 400 mW
Power Reduction __________dB NLT 8dB
(g) Configuration Module Check using the KRA 405B Computer

Diagram)

Verify Config Module Defaults ______(OK) Alt Trip (1=200, 2=500, 3=1200)
ft.
Config Module Default ______(OK) Alt Trip #2 Lamp
Lit at 250 Ft
Config Module Programming ______(OK) Alt Trip #2 Lamp
Not Lit At 250 ft
(h) Dual Installation Check

Single Installation Modulation Fre- _____Hz Approx 100 Hz
quency
Dual Installation Modulation Fre- _____Hz Approx 105 Hz
quency
Page 1029
006-15536-0006 Rev. 6 34-42-10 Feb/2006
N

Label 164 SDI Bits - side 1 selected ______(OK) Installation 1
Label 164 SDI Bits - side 2 selected ______(OK) Installation 2
(i) Self Test Check

Self Test- Flag ______(OK) FCS Warn and Rad_Alt_Valid OFF
Self Test 429 SSM Bits ______(OK) Label 164 SSM = Failure
Self Test- Altitude ______(OK) KNI 415 Stays at 250 Ft.
(j) Installation Altitude Zero Switch Check

Installation Altitude Zero Switch _________PEO 0 Vdc +/- 30 mv
(k) Push to Test Switch Check

Push to test - PEO ________V -0.47 to -0.53 Vdc
Push to test - Analog Altitude ________V +1.34 to 1.46 Vdc
Push to test - Aux_Out_2 ________V -0.188 to -0.212 Vdc
(-0101)
Push to test - Aux_Out_2 ________V +1.34 to 1.46 Vdc
(-0202)
Push to test - 429 Label 164 value ________Ft 47 to 53 Ft
Push to test - 429 Label 164 SSM ______(OK)
Push to test - FCS Warn ______(OK) Light OFF
Normal - Radar Alt Valid ______(OK) Lights ON
(l) Minimum Signal Strength / Hysterisis
Delay Line (-0101) Pre SW mod 01/02 Lock Unlock

0 feet > 55 dB ______dB < 75 dB_______dB
250 feet > 100 dB ______dB < 130 dB_______dB
Page 1030
006-15536-0006 Rev. 6 34-42-10 Feb/2006
N
Delay Line (-0101) SW mod 01/02 and

Lock Unlock
above, -0202, -2001, -4001
0 feet > 49 dB ______dB < 97 dB_______dB
250 feet > 96 dB ______dB < 114 dB_______dB
(m) Unlocked Tests

Unlocked (PEO) ________V -26.5 to -29.5 Vdc
Unlocked (Analog Altitude) ________V +16.95 to +17.95 Vdc
Unlocked (Aux_Out_2) (-0101) ________V -10.8 to -12.0 Vdc
Unlocked (Aux_Out_2) (-0202) ________V +26.25 to +28.75 Vdc
Unlocked (SSM bits) ______(OK)
(n) Altitude Accuracy

Altitude Accuracy, 250 Ft ________V +5.14 to +5.50 Vdc
Analog Alt
Altitude Accuracy, 250 Ft ________V -0.949 to -1.02 Vdc
Aux_Out_2 (-0101)
Altitude Accuracy, 250 Ft ________V +5.16 to +5.48 Vdc
Aux_Out_2 (-0202)
Altitude Accuracy, 250 Ft PEO ________V -2.37 to -2.55 Vdc
Altitude Accuracy, 250 Ft ________Ft 237.2 to 254.9 Ft
429 Label 164
(o) Altitude_Test_Input / Altitude Trips Check

Altitude_Test_Input = PEO________V -0.46 to -0.54 Vdc
0.5 ± 0.01 Vdc
Altitude Trips ______(OK) All Three ON
10.0 ± 0.2 Vdc
Altitude Trips ______(OK) Trip #1 and #2 OFF,
Trip #3 ON
20.0 ± 0.4 Vdc
Altitude Trips ______(OK) All Three OFF
Page 1031
006-15536-0006 Rev. 6 34-42-10 Feb/2006
N
(p) Clear Internal Error Log

Error Log Cleared ______(OK) Error Byte = $00
(q) Audio Output (-0202 version)

Audio Output Functioning ______(OK) 587 Hz. @ 2.5 sec. @ 5V p-p
Tested By: ________________________ Date: __________
Page 1032
006-15536-0006 Rev. 6 34-42-10 Feb/2006
N
(6) Precision Output Voltage Table
The KRA 405B Receiver/ Transmitter has three (3) precision

outputs of voltage versus altitude, as well as the digital 429
Buss. They are the Precision Equipment Output, Auxiliary Out-
put #1, and Auxiliary Output #2. The Prec_Equ_Out interfaces
with ASGAA gear, Aux_Out_1 interfaces with Collins gear, and
Aux_Out_2 interfaces with Sperry / Honeywell equipment. The
KNI 415/416 is driven by the Ana_Alt_1 which is the same as
Aux_Out_1. The Altitude_Test_Input is intended to be used to
test equipment connected to the KRA 405B such as Ground Prox-
imity units and Autopilots. The precision outputs versus al-
titude, and the Altitude_Test_Input versus altitude are given
in Table 1001 Altitude vs. Precision Output Voltages.
The formula for the Altitude_Test_Input versus altitude is:

H * (10mv / ft) = Altitude_Test_Input (Volts)
Where: H = Altitude in feet
The formula for the Prec_Equ_Out is:

V0 = H * (-10mv / foot)
Where: H= Altitude in feet
V0 = Prec_Equ_Out in volts
The formula for the Ana_Alt_1, and Aux_Out_1 is:

V1 = (H+20) * (20mv / ft) less than 500 feet
V1 = +10.4VDC + [(H-500) * (3mv / foot)] > 500 feet
Where: V1= Aux_Out_1 in volts
H= Altitude in feet
The formula for the Aux_Out_2 (-0101) is:

V2 = H * (-4mv / ft)
Where: V2 = Aux_Out_2 in volts
H = Altitude in feet
The formula for the Aux_Out_2 (-0202) is:

V2 = (H+20) * (20mv / ft) less than 480 feet
V2 = 10 * Ln(e * (H+20)/500 from 480 to 2500 feet
Page 1033
006-15536-0006 Rev. 6 34-42-10 Feb/2006
N
Altitude_
Altitude Ana_Alt_1/ Aux_Out_2 Aux_Out_2
Test_ Pre_Equ_Out
(ft) Aux_Out_1 (-0101) (-0202)
Input(v)
0 0.000 0.400 0.000 0.400 0.000
10 0.100 0.600 -0.040 0.600 -0.100
20 0.200 0.800 -0.080 0.800 -0.200
30 0.300 1.000 -0.120 1.000 -0.300
40 0.400 1.200 -0.160 1.200 -0.400
50 0.500 1.400 -0.200 1.400 -0.500
60 0.600 1.600 -0.240 1.600 -0.600
70 0.700 1.800 -0.280 1.800 -0.700
80 0.800 2.000 -0.320 2.000 -0.800
90 0.900 2.200 -0.360 2.200 -0.900
100 1.000 2.400 -0.400 2.400 -1.000
110 1.100 2.600 -0.440 2.600 -1.100
120 1.200 2.800 -0.480 2.800 -1.200
130 1.300 3.000 -0.520 3.000 -1.300
140 1.400 3.200 -0.560 3.200 -1.400
150 1.500 3.400 -0.600 3.400 -1.500
160 1.600 3.600 -0.640 3.600 -1.600
170 1.700 3.800 -0.680 3.800 -1.700
180 1.800 4.000 -0.720 4.000 -1.800
190 1.900 4.200 -0.760 4.200 -1.900
200 2.000 4.400 -0.800 4.400 -2.000
210 2.100 4.600 -0.840 4.600 -2.100
220 2.200 4.800 -0.880 4.800 -2.200
230 2.300 5.000 -0.920 5.000 -2.300
240 2.400 5.200 -0.960 5.200 -2.400
250 2.500 5.400 -1.000 5.400 -2.500
260 2.600 5.600 -1.040 5.600 -2.600
270 2.700 5.800 -1.080 5.800 -2.700
280 2.800 6.000 -1.120 6.000 -2.800
290 2.900 6.200 -1.160 6.200 -2.900
300 3.000 6.400 -1.200 6.400 -3.000
310 3.100 6.600 -1.240 6.600 -3.100
320 3.200 6.800 -1.280 6.800 -3.200
330 3.300 7.000 -1.320 7.000 -3.300
340 3.400 7.200 -1.360 7.200 -3.400
Table 1001 Altitude vs. Precision Output Voltages

(Sheet 1 of 2)
Page 1034
006-15536-0006 Rev. 6 34-42-10 Feb/2006
N
Altitude_
Altitude Ana_Alt_1/ Aux_Out_2 Aux_Out_2
Test_ Pre_Equ_Out
(ft) Aux_Out_1 (-0101) (-0202)
Input(v)
350 3.500 7.400 -1.400 7.400 -3.500
360 3.600 7.600 -1.440 7.600 -3.600
370 3.700 7.800 -1.480 7.800 -3.700
380 3.800 8.000 -1.520 8.000 -3.800
390 3.900 8.200 -1.560 8.200 -3.900
400 4.000 8.400 -1.600 8.400 -4.000
410 4.100 8.600 -1.640 8.600 -4.100
420 4.200 8.800 -1.680 8.800 -4.200
430 4.300 9.000 -1.720 9.000 -4.300
440 4.400 9.200 -1.760 9.200 -4.400
450 4.500 9.400 -1.800 9.400 -4.500
460 4.600 9.600 -1.840 9.600 -4.600
470 4.700 9.800 -1.880 9.800 -4.700
480 4.800 10.000 -1.920 10.000 -4.800
490 4.900 10.200 -1.960 10.198 -4.900
500 5.000 10.400 -2.000 10.392 -5.000
600 6.000 10.700 -2.400 12.151 -6.000
700 7.000 11.000 -2.800 13.646 -7.000
800 8.000 11.300 -3.200 14.947 -8.000
900 9.000 11.600 -3.600 16.098 -9.000
1000 10.000 11.900 -4.000 17.129 -10.000
1100 11.000 12.200 -4.400 18.065 -11.000
1200 12.000 12.500 -4.800 18.920 -12.000
1300 13.000 12.800 -5.200 19.708 -13.000
1400 14.000 13.100 -5.600 20.438 -14.000
1500 15.000 13.400 -6.000 21.119 -15.000
1600 16.000 13.700 -6.400 21.756 -16.000
1700 17.000 14.000 -6.800 22.355 -17.000
1800 18.000 14.300 -7.200 22.920 -18.000
1900 19.000 14.600 -7.600 23.455 -19.000
2000 20.000 14.900 -8.000 23.962 -20.000
2100 21.000 15.200 -8.400 24.446 -21.000
2200 22.000 15.500 -8.800 24.907 -22.000
2300 23.000 15.800 -9.200 25.347 -23.000
2400 24.000 16.100 -9.600 25.769 -24.000
2500 25.000 16.400 -10.000 26.174 -25.000
Table 1001 Altitude vs. Precision Output Voltages

(Sheet 2 of 2)
Page 1035
006-15536-0006 Rev. 6 34-42-10 Feb/2006
N
4. Fault Isolation Procedures
A. General
Fault isolation information for the KRA 405B is listed as follows.

RF board fault isolation will be discussed first followed by power
supply / logic board fault isolation.
CAUTION: THIS EQUIPMENT CONTAINS ELECTROSTATIC DISCHARGE SENSITIVE

(ESDS) DEVICES. EQUIPMENT MODULES AND ESDS DEVICES MUST
BE HANDLED IN ACCORDANCE WITH SPECIAL ESDS HANDLING PRO-
CEDURES.
B. Test Setup
(1) Refer to section 9000 SPECIAL TOOLS, FIXTURES, AND EQUIPMENT

of this manual for information on test equipment required for
testing this unit. In the following paragraphs, the common
name for the test equipment used.
(2) Preliminary Test Equipment Checkout, Test Setup, and Turn On.
The test equipment should have been properly checked out, set-
up, and turned on prior to entry into fault isolation.
C. Troubleshooting Procedures
(1) RF Board Troubleshooting
The KRA 405B RF board contains the transmitter and receiver

chains with their associated circuitry. The required inputs
to the RF board are +9 Vdc, ±5 Vdc, +15 Vdc, Frequency_Tune
voltage, Atten_Cntl voltage, and the received 4.3 GHz. Trou-
bleshooting techniques described assume the use of the PC
based tester for the transmitter section in conjunction with
traditional test equipment such as oscilloscopes, DMM’s etc.
(a) Power Supply Voltages
There are two (2) +9 Vdc supplies used on the RF board,

as well as, ±5 Vdc. The main +9 Vdc supply is developed
on the PS / Logic board and is used exclusively by the
transmitter chain. The regulated +9V is used by the re-
ceiver and VCO in order to increase isolation between
the transmitter and receiver. It is developed from the
+15 Vdc supply. The ±5 Vdc lines are developed on the
PS / Logic board and are used for biasing in both the
transmitter and receiver.
Page 1036
006-15536-0006 Rev. 6 34-42-10 Feb/2006
N
Most problems with the supply voltages occur as low

voltages. This will typically be due to excess current
draw on one or more of the loads. Zero ohm surface mount
jumpers are provided in most major circuits to allow
opening of the supply lines to facilitate troubleshoot-
ing.
CAUTION: TRACES AND PADS ARE EASILY DAMAGED BY THE USE

OF EXCESS HEAT WHILE SOLDERING.
Most of the active devices used in the RF board are

voltage sensitive, as well as, sensitive to ESD. Also,
the traces are very close together. Therefore, be par-
ticularly careful of inadvertently shorting power lines
to any other lines while troubleshooting. Two areas to
pay particular attention to are the active mixer (U11)
and VCO (U9) making sure that their Vcc pins never ex-
ceed 11 Vdc. Second, the video amps (U3, 7, 8, and 12)
making sure that pins 6 and 7 are never shorted together
during troubleshooting.
(b) Limits Of Testing
Due to the specialized nature of checking individual RF

circuits, some problems found within the board will re-
quire the removal and replacement of an active RF device
before further testing can be performed.
It is recommended that in these situations, the unit
should be returned to the factory for repair.
(c) Testing Of Transmitter Section Of RF Board Via PC Based

Tester
The KRA 405B may be tested using a personal computer

(PC) based tester. Minimum PC requirements are an IBM
compatible 386 DX platform with 4 MB RAM and VGA graph-
ics. The PC is connected to the KRA 405B via a RS-232
interface cable. Refer to the 050-03485-0000 bench test
kit and the KRA 405B PC Based Tester operators manual
718-00566-0000. The following tests can be performed
using the PC based test.
1 LROM Linearity check
a Connect KRA 405B to PC based tester.
b Start program: KRA405B <ENTER>
Page 1037
006-15536-0006 Rev. 6 34-42-10 Feb/2006
N
c Apply power to the KRA 405B
d Select menu item 5;

<LROM linearity >
The PC will draw a graph of the linearity

of the VCO. This test pulls the stored LROM
data sequentially from the LROM and drives
the modulator DAC which, in turn, drives
the RF board via the Frequency_Tune line.
While this test is in progress, the VCO
(U9), VCO buffer (Q13), prescaler #1 (U6),
and prescaler #2 (U5) are tested. The lin-
earity limit is 1%.
To troubleshoot a failure in this test, en-

sure that the Frequency_Tune voltage is
present at U9-3. If this voltage is not
present, check logic board TP13 for the
same voltage. If the Frequency_Tune voltage
is not present at logic board TP13, then
abort RF board test and begin logic board
troubleshooting.
Check for the proper DC voltages at U9, U6,

and Q13 and inspect the board for solder
smears, open paths, or electrolysis between
traces. While running the test, check for
a 5 V p-p approximately 4 MHz signal at
Logic Board TP15. If not present, turn the
RT off and check calibration cable continu-
ity between the RF board and the logic
board. Check for debris on the board and
electrolysis due to moisture between lines.
After making these checks and the problem
is still not resolved, the RT must be re-
turned to the factory for repair.
2 RF Board Exerciser
a Connect KRA 405B to PC based tester.
b Start program: KRA405B <ENTER>
c Apply power to the KRA 405B
d Select menu item 3;

<RF Board Exerciser >
Page 1038
006-15536-0006 Rev. 6 34-42-10 Feb/2006
N
With this test the user is able to input a

Frequency_Tune voltage as “Mod Out” and
vary the input voltage to the VCO. The out-
put frequency in Ghz from the VCO can be
monitored at VCO Out on the PC screen. The
output level from the transmitter can be
controlled by using the Pwr Out function as
well and monitored by using a power meter
connected to the transmitter port.
This test exercises the complete transmit-

ter chain. The frequency and power out can
both be changed over their respective rang-
es. The frequency range of interest is from
4250 to 4350 Mhz.
The variable attenuator range is approxi-

mately 15 dB when Pwr Out is varied over the
5 Vdc (min attenuation) to 0 Vdc (max at-
tenuation) range. The power change across
the band 4250 - 4350 MHz cannot exceed 2
dB with the attenuator at minimum (+5 Vdc).
This completes the functional transmitter
tests using the PC based tester.
3 Troubleshooting Power Output Problems
Check all dc voltages, both at the board and at

the device under question. Check for debris on
the board and electrolysis due to moisture be-
tween lines. For problems with the attenuator,
verify that the Atten_Ctrl signal is in fact get-
ting to the attenuator AT3. For low power out or
no power out problems, check for bad solder joints
on both the ground and the inner conductor of the
flexible hard line between the PA and the trans-
mitter unit connector. After making these checks
and the problem is still not resolved, the RT must
be returned for repair.
Page 1039
006-15536-0006 Rev. 6 34-42-10 Feb/2006
N
(d) Receiver Section Of RF Board Testing
The KRA 405B RF board receiver section may be tested

using an external 250 ft delay line connected with ap-
propriate attenuation between the transmitter port and
the receiver port. The delayed RF is then acting as an
RF source for the receiver, and the RF attenuator will
provide a non-saturated signal at the various stages for
comparison using an oscilloscope.
1 Mixer / LNA test
a Connect the KRA 405B as shown above
b Remove IF cover and power on the KRA 405B
c Set the variable attenuator for a total

loop loss of 61 dB (20 dB fixed pad + Vari-
able Attenuator + Delay line insertion loss
+ RF cabling losses)
d Observe the output from the active mixer

(U11) at the IF Output Test Point (U14). The
expected waveform is approximately an 11
kHz sine wave at 70 + 10 mV p-p with a small
component of 230 kHz power supply ripple.
A signal level much lower than expected <

35 mV p-p might indicate a bad mixer stage,
no LO drive, the Rcvr LNA is not function-
ing, or a RF cabling problem. Check the dc
voltages in and around these circuits, as
well as, checking the RF cabling going to
the unit.
Page 1040
006-15536-0006 Rev. 6 34-42-10 Feb/2006
N
Check for debris on the board and electrol-

ysis due to moisture between lines. If af-
ter making the above checks the problem is
still not resolved, the unit must be re-
turned for repair.
2 IF Amplifier Section Testing
With the system connected as above, set the loop

loss to -92 dB and connect the oscilloscope to the
output of video amp #3 at C153. The expected
waveform is approximately an 11 kHz sine wave at
4.4 + .3V p-p level. At the output of video amp
#4 (R187), the output will be clipping at an 8
volt p-p level.
A signal level much lower than expected would in-

dicate a bad video amplifier or an inter-stage
coupling capacitor. Check to make sure that both
IF Filter Switches are disabled (drains of Q15-1
and Q15-2 floating). Check all dc voltages asso-
ciated with the video amplifiers. This completes
the functional testing for the receiver section
of the KRA 405B RF board.
CAUTION: AVOID SHORTING PINS 6 AND 7 TOGETHER

WHEN CHECKING THE INDIVIDUAL VIDEO AM-
PLIFIERS AS THIS WILL DESTROY THE AM-
PLIFIER. CHECK FOR FOD AND ELECTROLY-
SIS BETWEEN TRACES AS THEY TRAVEL
THROUGH THE IF FENCE.
CAUTION: TRACES AND PADS ARE EASILY DAMAGED BY

THE USE OF EXCESS HEAT WHILE SOLDERING.
Page 1041
006-15536-0006 Rev. 6 34-42-10 Feb/2006
N
(2) Power Supply / Logic Board
(a) Power Supply Section Of Power Supply / Logic Board
When troubleshooting the power supply portion of the

power supply / logic board, the following sequence can
help identify the area of the circuitry that is malfunc-
tioning. Section (a) deals with initial troubleshoot-
ing to determine whether the power supply is malfunc-
tioning. Section (b) deals with the power supply con-
troller itself, and section (c) deals with associated
circuitry.
1 Power Supply Functionality Check.
Verify that at TP16 +9 Vdc + 5% is present. The

power supply controller U18 senses the +9 Vdc line
and controls the power supply duty cycle to main-
tain the main output at 9 Vdc. This also main-
tains all of the other voltages except the +15 Vdc
supply within their specified limits. A low or
absent +9 Vdc would indicate either a short on the
+9 Vdc line, an open in the transformer secondary
or CR25, or a problem on the transformer primary
side. A high +9 Vdc would indicate an open in the
feedback path to the power supply controller U18.
To determine fault, perform the following checks.
A failure in any step should be investigated be-
fore proceeding.
a Measure the +28_Fil line at L14. The ex-

pected voltage is +26 Vdc + 1 Vdc. A very
low voltage (less than +10 Vdc) would indi-
cate a problem with the overvoltage regula-
tor Q1 and its related circuitry or the A+
line is low or open.
b Measure the +15 Vdc supply at L16 The ex-

pected voltage is +15 Vdc + 0.75 Vdc.
A lower than expected voltage here would

indicate excess current draw on the +15 Vdc
line. A very low voltage (less than 11 Vdc)
would prevent the power supply controller
U18 from operating and would indicate a
short on the +15 Vdc line.
Page 1042
006-15536-0006 Rev. 6 34-42-10 Feb/2006
N
Since the major loads for both the +9 Vdc

and the +15 Vdc are located on the RF board,
remove power and disconnect J3.
After recycling power, re-measure both the

+9 Vdc line and the +15 Vdc lines. If their
voltages have returned to the normal range,
refer to the troubleshooting section for
the RF board 4.C. (1) RF Board Trouble-
shooting.
c Measure the unregulated voltage at L12.

The expected voltage is +35 Vdc + 2.5 Vdc.
A voltage reading in excess of +38 Vdc would
indicate an open CR25 or an open at T2-7.
This, consequently, results in an open
feedback loop to the power supply control-
ler U18. Remove power and determine cause
before proceeding. A voltage reading of
less than +10 Vdc would indicate one of the
power supply lines is shorted or drawing
excess current. This will cause the power
supply controller to go into current limit-
ing mode. To verify power supply current
limiting, see section (b) Logic Section Of
Power Supply / Logic Board. At this point,
measure all other output voltages and trou-
bleshoot the path with the least voltage
first. Do this by either removing the load
or making resistance measurements to deter-
mine the cause for the short.
2 Power Supply Controller Check.
Verify that a 15 V peak, 230 kHz pulsed signal

with a duty cycle of approximately 30% is avail-
able at TP12.
The duty cycle will approach 90% when the primary

is open and, during full current limit, the duty
cycle will typically reduce to approximately 10%.
No signal at TP12 would indicate that either the
power supply controller oscillator is not working
or the controller is disabling the output due to
an overcurrent or undervoltage condition. To de-
termine which, perform the following checks. A
failure in any step should be investigated before
proceeding.
Page 1043
006-15536-0006 Rev. 6 34-42-10 Feb/2006
N
a On the power supply controller oscillator,

check U18-7 for a 230 kHz sawtooth wave-
form, 1.8 V peak amplitude offset from zero
by 1 V. No signal could be caused by the
absence of the +5V_REF supply, C76 shorted,
R123 open, or a bad power supply controller
U18. A 500 kHz signal could be caused by
C76 open.
b Check the current limit waveform at U18-5.

The expected waveform is a 230 kHz ramp with
a 30% duty cycle and a level of 0.8 V. A
level above 1 V will force U18 into current
limit and terminate the on period. This
will reduce the duty cycle and cause the +9
Vdc line to be low. If no signal is present
at this point, check for a bad switch tran-
sistor Q19 or an open between Q19 and U18-5.
Measure the voltage at the drain of Q19.
The expected voltage with no gate drive is
+26 Vdc.
A very low voltage here would indicate ei-
ther an open primary of T2 or a shorted Q19.
Measure the voltage at Q19 Source. The ex-
pected voltage is zero with no gate drive
and greater than 2 Vdc when Q19 is shorted.
c Check the voltage at U18-1. The expected

voltage is +3 Vdc. Zero volts here would
indicate that the undervoltage lockout cir-
cuit (U24) is disabling the power supply
controller U18. Check that the A+ line is
greater than +16 Vdc. If this is so, per-
form the following checks to troubleshoot
the undervoltage lockout circuit. Check
the voltage at U24-2. The expected voltage
is greater than +4.5 Vdc. Check the voltage
at U24-3. The expected voltage is +1.4 Vdc
+ 0.15 Vdc. Check the voltage at U24-1.
The expected voltage is less than 0.2 Vdc.
3 Overvoltage Regulator Circuit.
The first step in troubleshooting this circuit is

to measure the differential voltage across Q1
drain to source. The expected differential volt-
age is less than 0.3 Vdc.
Page 1044
006-15536-0006 Rev. 6 34-42-10 Feb/2006
N
A differential voltage difference greater than

0.3 Vdc would indicate either that the aircraft
power buss is greater than +36 Vdc or there is a
problem with the associated circuitry including
Q1.
Measure the differential voltage from Q1 Source

to Gate. The expected voltage is 10 Vdc + 0.5
Vdc. A differential voltage less than +10 Vdc
turns Q1 off and indicates a problem with CR4
(shorted) or Q7 or Q8 turned on or shorted. Since
these parts are located on the back of the board,
they are difficult to troubleshoot. However, the
removal of R74 and R93 will disable the overvolt-
age regulator Q7 providing the ability to deter-
mine whether CR4 is the problem. The replacement
of R74 and R93, one at a time, will determine
which path (Q7, Q8) is bad.
4 Power Supply Voltages
The following table lists the power supply output

voltages and their tolerances.
Output (Vdc) Tolerance (Vdc)

-5.3 +/- 0.37
+5.0 +/- 0.25
+9.0 +/- 0.45
-15.0 +/- 0.75
+15.0 +/- 0.75
-30.0 +/- 1.50
+30.0 +/- 1.50
(b) Logic Section Of Power Supply / Logic Board
When troubleshooting the logic portion of the Power Sup-

ply / Logic board, the following sequence can help iden-
tify the area of the circuitry that is malfunctioning.
1 Verify Power Supply Operation.
The digital circuitry depends only on the +5 volt

supply to function properly. The +5 volt supply
is monitored by U19, a MAX699 Watchdog/Monitor
chip.
Page 1045
006-15536-0006 Rev. 6 34-42-10 Feb/2006
N
This chip watches the +5 volt supply and holds the

system in reset until the supply reaches approx-
imately 4.5 volts. As long as the supply remains
above this threshold the circuitry should func-
tion properly. If the supply does not dependably
remain within the range, 4.5 to 5.5 volts, the
power supply needs to be repaired first, refer to
the previous section.
2 Verify FPGA Configuration.
After power is applied to the unit and the sup-

plies stabilize, the monitor circuit described in
step 1 releases the system reset line. At this
point, the FPGA, U12, begins to configure itself.
While this is occurring, the FPGA holds the system

reset line active (low), preventing the micropro-
cessor from beginning code execution.
Note that the FPGA reset line, FPGA_RST* is de-

rived by inverting the hi-active output from the
power monitor chip. This guarantees that the FPGA
can’t begin configuring until the supply is valid
and stable. The FPGA output, U12 pin 80 -
DONE/prog*, reflects the status of the configura-
tion process. While the FPGA is configuring, it
holds this line low. This keeps the rest of the
system in reset. Once configured, it releases its
clamp on this line and the signal is pulled to +5
volts, via R98.
If the system does not come out of reset while the

supplies are valid and stable (U19 pin 16 = +5 V),
then the FPGA is probably not configuring suc-
cessfully. This process involves the FPGA re-
trieving the configuration data from U22. The
following steps can help isolate the source of the
trouble.
a Check The Address Lines to the EPROM, U22.

These lines represent the output of a
counter which begins at a count of zero and
then increments until all required informa-
tion has been retrieved. The waveforms on
these lines should be square waves with
each successive line being half the fre-
quency of the preceding line.
Page 1046
006-15536-0006 Rev. 6 34-42-10 Feb/2006
N
LROM_A0 is the least significant address

line (highest frequency). The actual fre-
quency of this signal is determined by an
oscillator within the FPGA and is not
tightly controlled, nor critical. The im-
portant relationship to verify is the “di-
vide by 2" relationship between each suc-
cessive address line (LROM_A0:15).
b Check the CFG_CS (pin 22) and CFG_OE (pin

24) signals to the EPROM, U22. Both lines
have to be low to successfully retrieve a
byte of information from the currently ad-
dressed location within the eprom. These
signals are generated automatically within
the FPGA. If they appear to be absent,
check the solder connections for these sig-
nals and for the presence of shorts.
c Check the data lines from the EPROM,

LROM_D0:7, and verify that each pin toggles
and is not stuck at either a +5 or 0 volt
level. This eprom shares the address lines
and data lines with the LROM (U28). There-
fore, this could be a source of trouble
should the LROM be driving the data lines
at the same time as the EPROM. This condi-
tion can be recognized by viewing each data
line and watching for levels that are ap-
proximately 2.5 volts. The LROM has its own
select and output enable lines, (U28 pins
23,25), which should both be at +5 volts un-
til the system has successfully finished
configuration, (SYS_RESET = +5 V). If one
or more of these pins is not being driven
properly, the configuration data stream
will be corrupted and the FPGA will not re-
lease the system from reset. The actual
configuration data stream utilizes a check-
sum and will detect if the data has been
corrupted. The address and select lines
can be checked at the EPROM. They originate
at the FPGA and travel to the EPROM. The
data lines will need to be checked at the
FPGA to ensure that it is actually receiv-
ing the data.
Page 1047
006-15536-0006 Rev. 6 34-42-10 Feb/2006
N
During normal operation, the FPGA depends

on two different clock sources to provide
synchronization for its various activities.
• ECLK, U12 pin 82. This is the processor

generated 2 Mhz clock and is used to syn-
chronize all processor/FPGA data trans-
fers. In addition, this clock provides
the timing source for the Arinc 429
transmitter circuitry.
• 41.44 Mhz oscillator, U12 pin 160. Os-

cillator, Y1, provides this clock which
is used to synchronize the sampling and
processing of the radar return signal
and the prescaler feedback used for cal-
ibration.
3 Verify Microprocessor Operation.
Once the FPGA has successfully configured, the

system is released from reset (U11 pin 17 = +5 V)
and code execution should begin. The following
steps can help isolate the source of trouble.
a Verify main system clock. An oscillator

(Y2) provides the basic clock source for
the microprocessor. Y2 pin 3 can be checked
for the 8 MHz squarewave expected. If this
is not present, the oscillator supply con-
nections can be checked for presence of the
required +5 V. Next, the connection at the
processor can be checked, U11 pin 6. Pin 8
should be a buffered version of this same
signal. Last, U11 pin4 (TP7), can be
checked for the main system clock, ECLK: 2
MHz.
b Mode pins (MODA, MODB). The 68HC11 is re-

configurable for various modes of opera-
tion.
These are determined by the levels on the

MODA (3) and MODB (2) pins as the unit exits
the reset state.
Page 1048
006-15536-0006 Rev. 6 34-42-10 Feb/2006
N
Normally, these two pins should both be at

+5 volts via pullup resistors R88,89. This
selects the “Normal Expanded” mode of oper-
ation.
In this mode, PortB and PortF function as a

16 bit address bus. PortC functions as a
bidirectional data bus. When the PC-based
Tester cable is attached, these two lines
are pulled to ground, selecting the “Spe-
cial Bootstrap” mode. Both lines must be
at a logic high for normal unit operation.
c Address, Data lines. While troubleshoot-

ing, the values on these lines can be
checked for standard +5 or 0 volt levels.
Things to watch for would be: 1) signals
that appear to be stuck at either a +5 or 0
volt level and 2) signals that have illegal
levels (2 to 4 volts) which are typically
produced by an output driver which has been
damaged or “in contention” with another de-
vice. Also, watch for relatively long, ca-
pacitive charging during transitions.
This general type of “level” check can be

performed throughout the entire board and
will typically find cold solder joints, ad-
jacent pin shorts, and damaged output driv-
ers.
4 Verify Input/Output circuitry
When the preceding steps have been accomplished,

the microprocessor core should be functioning
properly. The remaining areas of circuitry not
yet validated are the various input and output
functions.
If available, the PC-based KRA 405B tester can be

used to quickly validate the various input/output
circuits. If this is not possible, the following
steps can help isolate the source(s) of trouble.
a Arinc 429 Transmitter. The FPGA outputs

two signals to create the serial output
429_HI and 429_LO.
Page 1049
006-15536-0006 Rev. 6 34-42-10 Feb/2006
N
The output amplifier combines these two

signals to create the necessary output lev-
els (+5,0,-5 volt). U7-A(B) are used to
create differential amplifiers, each with a
gain of 1.099. This additional gain (> 1)
serves to overcome the base-emitter drops
incurred by the final stages, Q15:18. The
R-C filters at the output of each amplifier
add slew rate limiting. This reduces the
amount of noise possibly radiated from
these lines.
15uS 20uS
+5v
-5v
0 5uS 10uS
A quick check can be performed by watching

the outputs (TP8,9) during normal operation
and checking for the appropriate voltage
levels and pulse widths. The basic wave-
form is shown above. Each pulse is active
on the line for 5 uS, followed by a gap of
5 uS. The two outputs, 429_A(TP9) and
429_B(TP8) should always be the inverse of
each other.
b Discrete Inputs. The board supports four

discrete inputs: Dual_Install,
Altitude_Test_En, and Push_To_Test and
DH_Enable (-0202).
These four signals are intended to be driv-

en by either an open or short to ground.
The signals are converted to a 0 to +5 V
level signal by the input resistor networks
which are buffered by U3-A (74HC244) and
Q23 (-0202). A relatively quick way to iso-
late the source of trouble on these lines
is to manually ground the input and then
track the signal’s flow to its ultimate
destination.
Page 1050
006-15536-0006 Rev. 6 34-42-10 Feb/2006
N
c Discrete Outputs. Six discrete outputs are

provided: Altitude Trip 1,2,3, FCS_Warn,
Rad_Alt_Valid, and Alt_Valid. The Altitude
Trip outputs are either shorted to ground
or float at a high impedance when not ac-
tive. The MosFets (Q2,5,6) act as switches
where a +5 V level at the gate causes the
transistor to turn on and short the output
to ground. In order to observe the proper
operation of the switch, the output must be
“pulled up” to a positive voltage i.e. +5
or +28 V through a lamp or resistor. The
FCS_Warn and Rad_Alt_Valid outputs have an
additional stage added to provide an active
pullup to +28 volts rather than a high im-
pedance. When the FWARN discrete becomes
active (+5 V), Q6-2 turns on and lowers the
base of Q13 from +28 V to +14 V which turns
Q13 on. This raises the output to approx-
imately +28 V. The Alt_Valid output is al-
ways active (+28 V), as long as the unit is
receiving the +28 V power supply.
d Configuration Module interface. The inter-

face for the external configuration module
is provided by four programmable discrete
outputs and one discrete input from the
68HC11. All five lines are buffered and
isolated by U3 (74HC244).
In addition, the four output lines have se-

ries resistors on the external side to help
protect the internal circuitry from exter-
nal shorts and/or induced noise. After
initialization, the system reads the data
from the configuration module to set vari-
ous system defaults. During this time, the
interfacing lines can be monitored to lo-
cate the source of trouble. The signal lev-
els should be 0 or +5 volts. If trouble is
suspected, start at the microprocessor
pins, verify the pulses at this point, and
the track the signal through U3 (74HC244)
and out to the unit’s connector. If there
is no activity on these lines or at the mi-
croprocessor after reset completes, then
the problem is not with this interface.
Page 1051
006-15536-0006 Rev. 6 34-42-10 Feb/2006
N
Instead, it is a system level problem caus-

ing the altimeter to not enter normal oper-
ation. Continue troubleshooting the other
areas of the circuitry to locate other
problems. Then, repair and return to this
interface.
e Digital to Analog interfaces (DAC). The

board has 5 analog outputs which are pro-
grammable by the system. Four of these are
contained within U30 (DAC8413). They are:
Pow_Out, Ana_Out, Aux_Out, and Prec_Equ.
All four outputs vary from 0 to +5 V. The
upper end of this range (+5 V) is set by the
VREFH input (1) connected to the +5 V pre-
cision reference provided by U20,U14
(AD7245A DAC, TL082 buffer).
The Pow_Out signal goes directly to J3 (to

RF board). After scaling, offsetting, and
buffering, the other three outputs are used
to create the analog Altitude outputs. The
three outputs each require a different gain
and offset to be applied. Thus, the exact
implementation of the amplifier varies for
each output. The amplifiers (U13,U14) form
a standard differential amplifier and com-
bine the DAC outputs with the precision +5
V reference. Following each amplifier is a
totem-pole arrangement of transistors used
to buffer the outputs and provide addition-
al current drive capabilities beyond those
of the op amps alone. The feedback for the
op amps is derived from the common emitter
connection of the totem pole outputs to
overcome the base-emitter drop of the tran-
sistors.
The pc-based tester provides a convenient

way to check these outputs by providing a
test routine that simply ramps all outputs
throughout their range. The Modulator DAC
(U20) is used to create the ramping wave-
form. This is used to drive the VCO on the
RF board. This controls the actual trans-
mitter frequency which ramps between 4.25
and 4.35 Ghz.
Page 1052
006-15536-0006 Rev. 6 34-42-10 Feb/2006
N
The REFOUT pin (3) supplies a precision +5

volt reference, which after buffering
(U14-B), provides this reference to the
Quad Dac discussed above, as well as, the
A/D converter contained within the 68HC11.
During normal operation, a counter inside
the FPGA (U12) addresses 2 locations inside
the LROM (U28). The first location holds
the upper four bits of the 12 bit word need-
ed to write to the DAC. These four bits are
latched inside the FPGA and then applied to
the DAC (pins 5,6,7,8). The second loca-
tion holds the lower eight bits which are
applied directly to the DAC. The FPGA then
issues the strobe signal (MDAC_LD*) which
loads all twelve bits into the DAC. This
waveform can be monitored at test point
TP13. The unit must first be calibrated be-
fore the data within the LROM will contain
the correct ramping sequence to properly
program the DAC.
f Analog to Digital Converter. The 68HC11

contains an eight input A/D converter which
is used to monitor the levels on eight dif-
ferent signals. The accuracy of this con-
version is determined by the +5 volt refer-
ence signal at U11, pin 68. If trouble is
suspected in this circuit, first verify the
reference voltage then the input signals
themselves.
The Alt_Test_Input is used to provide an

external signal which is converted and then
used to program the altitude reported by
the unit. This function is for test pur-
poses only and is ignored during normal op-
eration. The signal applied to the unit is
scaled to 1/5th of its value and then buff-
ered before applying to the converter by
R171, R175, and U29-A.
The Pwr_Mon input monitors the average sig-

nal level being received by the unit. This
allows the system to adjust the output pow-
er level in order to keep the received sig-
nal at an optimum level.
Page 1053
006-15536-0006 Rev. 6 34-42-10 Feb/2006
N
The input signal, PWR_DET, is amplified by

a factor of two (R63,64, U10-A) before be-
ing applied to the converter.
The V9 input monitors the +9 V supply. It

is reduced to 3 volts via R66 and R87. Its
purpose is to measure the general health of
the power supply as the +9 volt output is
the main regulated output.
The three analog altitude outputs, derived

from U30 Quad DAC, are applied directly to
the converter and do not require any addi-
tional scaling.
The Modulator DAC output (U20 pin 24) is

first divided by two (R130,R131) before be-
ing applied to the converter.
The Video input, VID_IN, is processed by a

precision rectifier (U10-D, CR2). It is
then filtered (R38,170, C18) to produce a
DC level proportionate to the RMS level of
the input signal size and then applied to
the converter. The signal at the cathode
of CR2-B should be positive only and repre-
sent a half wave rectified version of the
input.
g Audio Output (-0202 version). In this ver-

sion the FPGA (U12) has been changed to act
as an audio oscillator when enabled by the
DH_Enable discrete. The audio output is a
587 Hz tone of 2.5 second duration, at a 5
V p-p signal level. The enable pin on U12
is 138 (DH), and the output is taken from
pin 130 (DH_Tone). The DH_Tone signal is
then buffered by U31-B whose output is la-
beled DH_Tone_Hi. The DH_Enable circuitry
associated with Q23 is driven by an ARINC
Lo < 3.5 Vdc. A good way to troubleshoot
this circuitry is to ground the input and
follow the signal through the circuitry.
Page 1054
006-15536-0006 Rev. 6 34-42-10 Feb/2006
N
5. Alignment Procedures
The KRA 405B contains no adjustable mechanical or electrical components.

Therefore, no alignment is necessary.
6. Retest Procedure
After a fault has been isolated and repaired, the unit should be subjected
to the “Functional Test Procedure” paragraph 3. Functional Test Procedures
to ensure that the repaired area is operating correctly and that other
areas have not been damaged during the repair procedure.
7. Service Information
A. Test Equipment Usage
Failure of semiconductor devices and integrated circuits by acci-

dental application of excessive voltage or current is reduced with
proper test equipment usage.
(1) Do not use multimeters with sensitivities less than

5000-ohms-per-volt. Use at least a 20,000-ohms-per-volt mul-
timeter or a vacuum tube voltmeter.
(2) Do not use test equipment with transformerless power supplies

unless an isolation transformer is used in the ac power line.
(3) Use a conductive table top for testing and connect the table
top to the ground conductor of the 60Hz power line.
(4) Test equipment with a line filter across the ac input can ac-
cidentally apply 55 Vac to semiconductor devices. Always con-
nect a ground wire from the test equipment chassis to the
chassis of the unit-under-test before making any other con-
nections.
(5) All low impedance equipment (such as pulse generators, etc.)

should be disconnected before dc power supplies are turned
off.
B. Capacitor Testing
(1) Check all capacitors with proper voltage polarity. Polarized

capacitors are damaged by reverse voltage and should be re-
placed if that occurs.
Page 1055
006-15536-0006 Rev. 6 34-42-10 Feb/2006
N
(2) Check all capacitors with proper voltage level. A capacitor

may be damaged if the voltage applied exceeds the dc working
voltage of that capacitor.
(3) When checking tantalum capacitors, use a series resistor to

limit the charge and discharge rates to prevent surge damage
to the capacitor. The value of the series resistor should be
10 ohms for each volt applied to the capacitor.
C. Transistor Testing
CAUTION: BEFORE INSTALLING A REPLACEMENT TRANSISTOR, MAKE CERTAIN

THAT OTHER ELEMENTS OF THE CIRCUIT ARE IN GOOD OPERATING
ORDER. IF A DEFECT EXISTS IN THE CIRCUIT, THE REPLACEMENT
TRANSISTOR MAY ALSO FAIL.
Table 1002 PNP Transistor Testing Procedure and Table 1003 NPN Tran-
sistor Testing Procedure provide typical testing data for PNP and
NPN transistors.
CHECK NO. OHMMETER CONNECTIONS RANGE RELATIVE RESISTANCE

BASE COLLECTOR EMITTER
1 - + RX100 or Low (1,000 ohms or less)
RX1,000
2 + - RX10,000 High (100,000 ohms or more)
3 - + RX10,000 High (100,000 ohms or more)
5 - + RX100 or Low (1,000 ohms or less)
RX1,000
7 - + RX100 or Resistance should decrease from
Connect base RX1,000 that obtained in check 3.
to collector
Connect base
to emitter
Table 1002 PNP Transistor Testing Procedure
Page 1056
006-15536-0006 Rev. 6 34-42-10 Feb/2006
N
CHECK NO. OHMMETER CONNECTIONS RANGE RELATIVE RESISTANCE

BASE COLLECTOR EMITTER
1 + - RX100 or Low (1,000 ohms or less)
RX1,000
5 + - RX100 or Low (1,000 ohms or less)
RX1,000
7 + - RX100 or Resistance should decrease from
Connect base RX1,000 that obtained in check 3.
to collector
Connect base
to emitter
Table 1003 NPN Transistor Testing Procedure
D. Integrated Circuit Testing
CAUTION: BEFORE INSTALLING A REPLACEMENT IC, VERIFY THERE IS NO

VOLTAGE 10% GREATER THAN +VCC OR -VCC ON ANY OF THE IC
HOLES ON THE BOARD. VERIFY THERE IS NO GROUND ON ANY IC
HOLE THAT SHOULD NOT BE GROUNDED.
CAUTION: BEFORE INSTALLING A REPLACEMENT IC, MAKE CERTAIN THAT

OTHER ELEMENTS OF THE CIRCUIT ARE IN GOOD OPERATING ORDER.
IF A DEFECT EXISTS IN THE CIRCUIT, THE REPLACEMENT IC MAY
ALSO FAIL.
(1) Common digital IC failures include:
SYMPTOM POSSIBLE CAUSE

Constant LO Input(s) or output shorted to ground pin of IC.
Constant HI Input(s) or output shorted to Vcc pin of IC.
Approx. 1.5 Vdc Open input(s) or output.
Output cannot go LO Ground pin open.
Output cannot go HI Vcc pin open.
Output cannot change Inputs shorted together.
Page 1057
006-15536-0006 Rev. 6 34-42-10 Feb/2006
N
(2) Integrated Circuit Functional Diagrams
The truth table of a logic element is a primary fault isola-

tion tool. A HI level on all digital logic elements used in
the unit is between +2 Vdc and +5 Vdc in TTL circuits and +3.5
Vdc to +5 Vdc in CMOS circuits. A LO level is less than +0.8
Vdc in TTL and +1.5 Vdc in CMOS circuits. When checking input
and output levels of a logic element under question it should
be remembered that an input or output may not agree with its
truth table, not because it has malfunctioned, but because
some other component connected to the same point has shorted
to ground or to (Vcc). This is not uncommon when an output
of one element is connected to an input of another. It may
be necessary to isolate the gate under question by unsoldering
the necessary IC pins.
Page 1058
006-15536-0006 Rev. 6 34-42-10 Feb/2006
N
SCHEMATIC DIAGRAMS
1. General
This section contains a summary of changes, parts location diagram, and a

schematic diagram for each circuit card assembly (CCA) or board. A summary
of unit changes is also provided. Mechanical subassemblies without a cor-
responding schematic are not contained in this section.
2. Summary of Unit Changes
The "Summary of Unit Changes" page lists unit changes by manual revision
and includes affected subassemblies, subassembly revisions, and service
bulletin numbers, as applicable, for each revision. Detailed information
on service bulletins is listed on the summary of changes page for each
CCA. A service bulletin list is contained in the front of this manual.
3. Summary of Changes and Schematic Diagrams
The “Summary of Changes” page lists changes to each circuit card assembly
(CCA) or board. A change number is assigned with a description of the
change. The change order number, the revision number of the CCA, the unit
modification numbers, the service bulletin number(s), and unit serial num-
ber effectivities are listed as applicable. The applicable page(s) of the
assembly drawing (for parts location) and the schematic(s) are placed be-
hind the summary of changes.
Page 2001
006-15536-0006 Rev. 6 34-42-10 Feb/2006
N
SUMMARY OF UNIT CHANGES

PART NUMBER 066-01153-()
MANUAL ASSEMBLY/ MODULE COMMENTS SERVICE
REVISION MODULE (CCA) REVISION BULLETIN*
0 066-01153-0101 4 Baseline revision
1 066-01153-0101 AB Revision sequence 4, AA, AB.

1 066-01153-0202 - Baseline revision
1 200-09033-0000 AC Revision sequence 11, AA, AB, AC. KRA405B-1
1 200-09033-0100 C Baseline revision
1 200-09034-0000 AC Revision sequence 7, AA, AB, AC.
1 200-09035-0000 AA Revision sequence 0, AA.

2 066-01153-0101 AD Revision sequence AB, AC, AD.
2 066-01153-0202 A Revision sequence -, A
2 200-09033-0000 AE Revision sequence AC, AD, AE. KRA405B-2
2 200-09033-0099 F Baseline revision KRA405B-4
2 200-09033-0100 H Revision sequence C, D, E, F, G, H
2 200-09034-0000 AD Revision sequence AC, AD.
2 200-09035-0000 AA No change.
2 200-09035-0100 - No change. KRA405B-3
3 066-01153-0000 B Revision sequence -, A, B.

3 066-01153-0101 AE Revision sequence AD, AE.
3 066-01153-0202 C Revision sequence A, B, C.
3 066-01153-2001 A Revision sequence -, A.
3 200-09033-0000 AF Revision sequence AE, AF.
3 200-09033-0010 - Baseline revision. KRA405B-9
3 200-09033-0099 J Revision sequence F, G, H, J.
3 200-09033-0100 J Revision sequence H, J.
3 200-09033-0200 - Baseline revision. KRA405B-9
3 200-09034-0000 AD No change.
3 200-09034-0010 A Revision sequence -, A. KRA405B-9
3 200-09035-0000 AA No change.
* If applicable
Page 2002
006-15536-0006 Rev. 6 34-42-10 Feb/2006
N
SUMMARY OF UNIT CHANGES (cont).

4 066-01153-0000 D Revision sequence C, D.
4 066-01153-0101 AG Revision sequence AE, AF, AG.
4 066-01153-0202 F Revision sequence D, E, F.
4 066-01153-2001 C Revision sequence A, B, C.
4 200-09033-0000 AF No change.
4 200-09033-0010 - No change.
4 200-09033-0099 K Revision sequence J, K.
4 200-09033-0100 J No change.
4 200-09033-0200 - No change.
4 200-09034-0000 AD No change.
4 200-09034-0010 E Revision sequence A, B, C, D, E. KRA405B-10
4 200-09035-0000 AA No change.
4 200-09035-0100 A No change.
5 066-01153-0000 D No change.
5 066-01153-0101 AJ Revision sequence AG, AH, AJ.
5 066-01153-0202 H Revision sequence F, G, H.
5 066-01153-2001 F Revision sequence C, D, E, F.
5 200-09033-0000 AF No change.
5 200-09033-0099 L Revision sequence K, L.
5 200-09033-0100 J No change.
5 200-09033-0200 - No change.
5 200-09034-0000 AD No change.
5 200-09034-0010 F Revision sequence E, F. KRA 405B-12
5 200-09035-0000 AA No change.
5 200-09035-0100 A No change.
* If applicable
Page 2003
006-15536-0006 Rev. 6 34-42-10 Feb/2006
N
SUMMARY OF UNIT CHANGES (cont).

6 066-01153-0000 D No change.
6 066-01153-0101 AJ No change.
6 066-01153-0202 H No change.
6 066-01153-2001 F No change.
6 066-01153-4001 - No change.
6 200-09033-0000 AG Revision sequence AF, AG.
6 200-09033-0010 B Revision sequence -, A, B.
6 200-09033-0099 M Revision sequence K, L, M.
6 200-09033-0100 K Revision sequence J, K.
6 200-09034-0000 AD No change.
6 200-09034-0010 G Revision sequence E, F, G. KRA405B-13
6 200-09035-0000 AA No change.
6 200-09035-0100 A No change.
* If applicable
Page 2004
006-15536-0006 Rev. 6 34-42-10 Feb/2006
N
Figure 2001 Installation Drawing

(Dwg No 155-06030-0000, Rev 0)
Page 2005/2006
006-15536-0006 Rev. 6 34-42-10 Feb/2006
N
Figure 2002 Final Assembly Drawing (-0000)

(Dwg No 300-05643-0000, Rev AE)
Page 2007/2008
006-15536-0006 Rev. 6 34-42-10 Feb/2006
N
Figure 2002A Final Assembly Drawing (-0000)

(Dwg No 300-05643-0000, Rev AD) (For Reference Only)
Page 2009/2010
006-15536-0006 Rev. 6 34-42-10 Feb/2006
N

(Dwg No 300-05643-0100, Rev E)
Page 2011/2012
006-15536-0006 Rev. 6 34-42-10 Feb/2006
N
Figure 2003A Final Assembly Drawing (-0100)

(Dwg No 300-05643-0100, Rev B) (For Reference Only)
Page 2013/2014
006-15536-0006 Rev. 6 34-42-10 Feb/2006
N
Figure 2003B Final Assembly Drawing (-0100)

(Dwg No 300-05643-0100, Rev -) (For Reference Only)
Page 2015/2016
006-15536-0006 Rev. 6 34-42-10 Feb/2006
N
SUMMARY OF CHANGES TO POWER SUPPLY/LOGIC CCA

PART NUMBER 200-09033-0000
CHANGE DESCRIPTION OF CHANGE EFF UNIT SERVICE

NO. S/N BULLETIN NO.
Baseline Rev. 11, next Rev. AA
1 Changed R166 from 4.99k to 3.32k, C/O 141262, Rev. AA N.A. N.A.
2 Change J1 from 030-03288-0000 to 030-03288-0006, C/O N.A. N.A.
143051, Rev. AB
3 Added CR 37, C/O 144880, Rev. AC, Unit Mod 1 1800 KRA 405B-1
4 Changed to 200-09033-0099 common board + R187,R189, 2232 KRA 405B-2
assembly drawing (300-09033-0100), and schematic (002-
09033-0100), C/O 161598, Rev. AD, Unit Mod 2
5 Delete R69, C/O 180376, Rev. AE N.A. N.A.
6 Add C18, C100, C101, CR2, R38, R61, R62, R177, R178, See KRA 405B-9
and TP22 (old part numbers removed from common board - Service
0099). Rev. AF, C/O 729434. Bulletin
Replaced by 200-09033-0010 for RF board compatibility
per KRA 405B-9.
7 Change REF1 to 300-09033-0200. Change REF2 to 002- N.A. N.A.
09033-0200. C/O 759932 Rev. AG.
Page 2017
006-15536-0006 Rev. 6 34-42-10 Feb/2006
N
Page 2018
006-15536-0006 Rev. 6 34-42-10 Feb/2006
N

PART NUMBER 200-09033-0010

Baseline Rev. -, next Rev. A See KRA 405B-9
Replaces 200-09033-0000 for RF board compatibility per Service
KRA 405B-9. Bulletin
1 Change U% to 122-99999-9999 (placeholder); C/O 730079, N.A. N.A.

Rev. A
2 Add R197. Change REF1 to 300-09033-0200. Change REF2 N.A. N.A.
to 002-09033-0200. C/O 759932 Rev. B.
Page 2019
006-15536-0006 Rev. 6 34-42-10 Feb/2006
N
Page 2020
006-15536-0006 Rev. 6 34-42-10 Feb/2006
N

PART NUMBER 200-09033-0100

Baseline Rev. C N.A. N.A.
1 Changed R192 from 3.3 to 47 ohms, C/O 158845, Rev. D N.A. N.A.
2 Added 200-09033-0099 common board, C/O 157357, Rev. E N.A. N.A.
3 Change U5 from 122-01604-9999 to 122-01771-9999, C/O N.A. N.A.
160161, Rev. F
4 Add U16, C/O 160461A, Rev. G N.A. N.A.
5 Clerical, C/O 180376, Rev. H N.A. N.A.
6 Add C18, C100, C101, CR2, R38, R61, R62, R177, R178, See KRA 405B-9
0099). Rev. J, C/O 729434. Bulletin
Replaced by 200-09033-0200 for RF board compatibility
per KRA 405B-9.
7 Change REF1 to 300-09033-0200. Change REF2 to 002- N.A. N.A.
09033-0200. C/O 759932 Rev. A
Page 2021
006-15536-0006 Rev. 6 34-42-10 Feb/2006
N
Page 2022
006-15536-0006 Rev. 6 34-42-10 Feb/2006
N

PART NUMBER 200-09033-0200

Baseline Rev. -, next Rev. A. See KRA 405B-9
Replaces 200-09033-0100 for RF board compatibility per Service
KRA 405B-9. Bulletin
1 Add R197. Change REF1 to 300-09033-0200. N.A. N.A.

Change REF2 to 002-09033-0200. C/O 759932 Rev. A.
Page 2023
006-15536-0006 Rev. 6 34-42-10 Feb/2006
N
Page 2024
006-15536-0006 Rev. 6 34-42-10 Feb/2006
N

PART NUMBER 200-09033-0099

Baseline Rev. F, add C109 330pf. Next rev. G 2706 KRA 405B-4
1 Add C110, Rev. G, C/O 709915. N.A. N.A.
2 Delete CR28, Rev. H, C/O 726103. N.A. N.A.
3 Delete C18, C100, C101, CR2, R38, R61, R62, R177, R178, See KRA 405B-9
0099). Rev. J, C/O 729434. Bulletin
4 Change U28 to 120-02972-0001, Rev. K, C/O 735427 N.A. N.A.

5 Change U28 to 120-02494-0000, Rev. L, c/o 758959 N.A. N.A.
6 Change -009 to 009-9033-0201. Delete CR28. Change REF1 N.A. N.A.
to 300-09033-0200. Change REF2 to 002-09033-0200.
Change U28 to 53001233-1. Co? 759932, Rev. M.
Page 2025
006-15536-0006 Rev. 6 34-42-10 Feb/2006
N
Page 2026
006-15536-0006 Rev. 6 34-42-10 Feb/2006
N
SUMMARY OF SOFTWARE CHANGES TO POWER SUPPLY/LOGIC CCA

PART NUMBER 200-09033-0000/0010
CHANGE DESCRIPTION OF CHANGE EFF UNIT SOFTWARE

1 Changed U5 from 122-01604-0000 to 122-01604-0001 1831 KRA 405B-SW1
2 Changed U5 from 122-01604-0001 to 122-01604-0002
3 Changed U5 from 122-01604-0002 to 122-01604-0003 for
unit 066-01153-0101 and to 122-01895-0003 for unit 066-
01153-2001/-4001.
SUMMARY OF SOFTWARE CHANGES TO POWER SUPPLY/LOGIC CCA

PART NUMBER 200-09033-0100/0200
CHANGE DESCRIPTION OF CHANGE EFF UNIT SOFTWARE

1 Changed U5 from 122-01771-0000 to 122-01771-0001 2033 KRA 405B-SW2
2 Changed U5 from 122-01771-0001 to 122-01771-0002
3 Changed U5 from 122-01771-0002 to 122-01771-0003
Page 2027
006-15536-0006 Rev. 6 34-42-10 Feb/2006
N
Page 2028
006-15536-0006 Rev. 6 34-42-10 Feb/2006
N
Figure 2004 Logic/Power Supply Board Drawing (-0000)

(Dwg No 300-09033-0000, Rev AD, Sheet 1 of 3)
Page 2029/2030
006-15536-0006 Rev. 6 34-42-10 Feb/2006
N
Figure 2004 Logic/Power Supply Board Drawing

Page 2031/2032
006-15536-0006 Rev. 6 34-42-10 Feb/2006
N

Page 2033/2034
006-15536-0006 Rev. 6 34-42-10 Feb/2006
N
Figure 2005 Logic/Power Supply Board Schematic (-0000)

(Dwg No 002-09033-0000, Rev AC, Sheet 1 of 4)
Page 2035/2036
006-15536-0006 Rev. 6 34-42-10 Feb/2006
N
Figure 2005 Logic/Power Supply Board Schematic

Page 2037/2038
006-15536-0006 Rev. 6 34-42-10 Feb/2006
N

Page 2039/2040
006-15536-0006 Rev. 6 34-42-10 Feb/2006
N

Page 2041/2042
006-15536-0006 Rev. 6 34-42-10 Feb/2006
N

(Dwg No 300-09033-0100, Rev R, Sheet 1 of 3)
Page 2043/2044
006-15536-0006 Rev. 6 34-42-10 Feb/2006
N

Page 2045/2046
006-15536-0006 Rev. 6 34-42-10 Feb/2006
N

Page 2047/2048
006-15536-0006 Rev. 6 34-42-10 Feb/2006
N
Figure 2006A Logic/Power Supply Board Drawing (-0100)

(Dwg No 300-09033-0100, Rev P, Sheet 1 of 3) (For Reference Only)
Page 2049/2050
006-15536-0006 Rev. 6 34-42-10 Feb/2006
N
Figure 2006A Logic/Power Supply Board Drawing

Page 2051/2052
006-15536-0006 Rev. 6 34-42-10 Feb/2006
N
Figure 2006A Logic/Power Supply Board Drawing

Page 2053/2054
006-15536-0006 Rev. 6 34-42-10 Feb/2006
N
Figure 2006B Logic/Power Supply Board Drawing

(Dwg No 300-09033-0100, Rev N, Sheet 1 of 3) (For Reference Only)
Page 2055/2056
006-15536-0006 Rev. 6 34-42-10 Feb/2006
N

Page 2057/2058
006-15536-0006 Rev. 6 34-42-10 Feb/2006
N

Page 2059/2060
006-15536-0006 Rev. 6 34-42-10 Feb/2006
N
Figure 2006C Logic/Power Supply Board Drawing)

(Dwg No 300-09033-0100, Rev G, Sheet 1 of 3) (For Reference Only)
Page 2061/2062
006-15536-0006 Rev. 6 34-42-10 Feb/2006
N
Figure 2006C Logic/Power Supply Board Drawing

Page 2063/2064
006-15536-0006 Rev. 6 34-42-10 Feb/2006
N
Figure 2006C Logic/Power Supply Board Drawing

Page 2065/2066
006-15536-0006 Rev. 6 34-42-10 Feb/2006
N

(Dwg No 002-09033-0100, Rev N, Sheet 1 of 4)
Page 2067/2068
006-15536-0006 Rev. 6 34-42-10 Feb/2006
N

Page 2069/2070
006-15536-0006 Rev. 6 34-42-10 Feb/2006
N

Page 2071/2072
006-15536-0006 Rev. 6 34-42-10 Feb/2006
N

Page 2073/2074
006-15536-0006 Rev. 6 34-42-10 Feb/2006
N
Figure 2007A Logic/Power Supply Board Schematic

(Dwg No 002-09033-0100, Rev J, Sheet 1 of 4) (For Reference Only)
Page 2075/2076
006-15536-0006 Rev. 6 34-42-10 Feb/2006
N

Page 2077/2078
006-15536-0006 Rev. 6 34-42-10 Feb/2006
N

Page 2079/2080
006-15536-0006 Rev. 6 34-42-10 Feb/2006
N

Page 2081/2082
006-15536-0006 Rev. 6 34-42-10 Feb/2006
N

(Dwg No 300-09033-0200, Rev -, Sheet 1 of 3)
Page 2083/2084
006-15536-0006 Rev. 6 34-42-10 Feb/2006
N

Page 2085/2086
006-15536-0006 Rev. 6 34-42-10 Feb/2006
N

Page 2087/2088
006-15536-0006 Rev. 6 34-42-10 Feb/2006
N

Page 2089/2090
006-15536-0006 Rev. 6 34-42-10 Feb/2006
N

Page 2091/2092
006-15536-0006 Rev. 6 34-42-10 Feb/2006
N

Page 2093/2094
006-15536-0006 Rev. 6 34-42-10 Feb/2006
N

Page 2095/2096
006-15536-0006 Rev. 6 34-42-10 Feb/2006
N
SUMMARY OF CHANGES TO RF CCA

PART NUMBER 200-09034-0000

1 Clerical, C/O 135224, Rev. AA N.A. N.A.
2 Added C175 560pf, C/O 139432, Rev. AB N.A. N.A.
3 Change C175 from 560pf to 390pf, C/O 146189, Rev. AC N.A. N.A.
4 Change R21 from 174 ohms to 82.5ohms, C/O 178725, Rev. Service Aid
AD KRA 405B-102
N.A. Replaced by 200-09034-0010 per KRA 405B-9. See KRA 405B-9
Service
Bulletin
Page 2097
006-15536-0006 Rev. 6 34-42-10 Feb/2006
N
Page 2098
006-15536-0006 Rev. 6 34-42-10 Feb/2006
N
SUMMARY OF CHANGES TO RF CCA

PART NUMBER 200-09034-0010

Baseline Rev. A, next Rev. B
1 Replaced Cable Assemblies P/N 155-02881-0001 and P/N 4390 KRA 405B-10
155-02881-0003 with Cable Assemblies P/N 155-02881-0004
and P/N 155-02881-0006 respectively and changing capac-
itors C5 and C7 to 097-07000-3715 and C26 to 106-04225-
0097, Rev. B.
2 Change R38, R99, R126 to 139-01741-0010.
Change R40, R42, R43, R44, R100, R101, R102, R103,
R116, R117, R118, R119, R120 to 139-00100-0000.
Change R51, R77 to 139-02001-0010.
Change U8, U11, U16 to 120-13045-0001.
Rev C.
3 Change C3 to 096-01186-0026, Rev. D.
4 Add R58, R82, R86, R93.
Change R66 to 139-02000-0010.
Change R75 to 139-04320-0010
Rev. E.
5 Change C6 & C10 to 096-01186-0003. 4708 KRA 405B-12
Change C2 to 106-04154-0047.
Change C9 to 106-05100-0026.
Change C17 to 106-05223-0047.
Change R25 & R122 to 139-00000-0014.
Change R2 to 139-00332-0000.
Change R1 & R17 to 139-02151-0000.
Change R7 to 139-04320-0010.
Change R4 to 139-06040-0000.
Delete R26. Revision F, C/O 759545.
Add 024-05065-0000, 016-01144-0000. Change C17 to 106- 5207 KRA 405B-13
05153-0046, change R7 to 139-03010-0010, change R64 to
139-02672-0010. C/O 766671 Rev. G. Mod 13.
Page 2099
006-15536-0006 Rev. 6 34-42-10 Feb/2006
N
Page 2100
006-15536-0006 Rev. 6 34-42-10 Feb/2006
N
Figure 2010 RF Board Drawing (-0000)

Page 2101/2102
006-15536-0006 Rev. 6 34-42-10 Feb/2006
N
Figure 2010 RF Board Drawing

Page 2103/2104
006-15536-0006 Rev. 6 34-42-10 Feb/2006
N
Figure 2011 RF Board Schematic (-0000)

Page 2105/2106
006-15536-0006 Rev. 6 34-42-10 Feb/2006
N
Figure 2011 RF Board Schematic

Page 2107/2108
006-15536-0006 Rev. 6 34-42-10 Feb/2006
N

Page 2109/2110
006-15536-0006 Rev. 6 34-42-10 Feb/2006
N

Page 2111/2112
006-15536-0006 Rev. 6 34-42-10 Feb/2006
N

Page 2113/2114
006-15536-0006 Rev. 6 34-42-10 Feb/2006
N

Page 2115/2116
006-15536-0006 Rev. 6 34-42-10 Feb/2006
N

Page 2117/2118
006-15536-0006 Rev. 6 34-42-10 Feb/2006
N

Page 2119/2120
006-15536-0006 Rev. 6 34-42-10 Feb/2006
N

Page 2121/2122
006-15536-0006 Rev. 6 34-42-10 Feb/2006
N

(Dwg No 300-09034-0010, Rev F, Sheet 1 of 2)
Page 2123/2124
006-15536-0006 Rev. 6 34-42-10 Feb/2006
N

Page 2125/2126
006-15536-0006 Rev. 6 34-42-10 Feb/2006
N
Figure 2012A RF Board Drawing (-0010)

(Dwg No 300-09034-0010, Rev E, Sheet 1 of 2) (For Reference Only)
Page 2127/2128
006-15536-0006 Rev. 6 34-42-10 Feb/2006
N
Figure 2012A RF Board Drawing

(Dwg No 300-09034-0010, Rev E, Sheet 2 of 2) (For Reference Only)
Page 2129/2130
006-15536-0006 Rev. 6 34-42-10 Feb/2006
N
Figure 2012B RF Board Drawing

(Dwg No 300-09034-0010, Rev C, Sheet 1 of 2) (For Reference Only)
Page 2131/2132
006-15536-0006 Rev. 6 34-42-10 Feb/2006
N
Figure 2012B RF Board Drawing

(Dwg No 300-09034-0010, Rev C, Sheet 2 of 2) (For Reference Only)
Page 2133/2134
006-15536-0006 Rev. 6 34-42-10 Feb/2006
N

(Dwg No 002-09034-0010, Rev H, Sheet 1 of 8)
Page 2135/2136
006-15536-0006 Rev. 6 34-42-10 Feb/2006
N

Page 2137/2138
006-15536-0006 Rev. 6 34-42-10 Feb/2006
N

Page 2139/2140
006-15536-0006 Rev. 6 34-42-10 Feb/2006
N

Page 2141/2142
006-15536-0006 Rev. 6 34-42-10 Feb/2006
N

Page 2143/2144
006-15536-0006 Rev. 6 34-42-10 Feb/2006
N

Page 2145/2146
006-15536-0006 Rev. 6 34-42-10 Feb/2006
N

Page 2147/2148
006-15536-0006 Rev. 6 34-42-10 Feb/2006
N

Page 2149/2150
006-15536-0006 Rev. 6 34-42-10 Feb/2006
N
Figure 2013A RF Board Schematic (-0010)

Page 2151/2152
006-15536-0006 Rev. 6 34-42-10 Feb/2006
N

Page 2153/2154
006-15536-0006 Rev. 6 34-42-10 Feb/2006
N

Page 2155/2156
006-15536-0006 Rev. 6 34-42-10 Feb/2006
N

Page 2157/2158
006-15536-0006 Rev. 6 34-42-10 Feb/2006
N

Page 2159/2160
006-15536-0006 Rev. 6 34-42-10 Feb/2006
N

Page 2161/2162
006-15536-0006 Rev. 6 34-42-10 Feb/2006
N

Page 2163/2164
006-15536-0006 Rev. 6 34-42-10 Feb/2006
N

Page 2165/2166
006-15536-0006 Rev. 6 34-42-10 Feb/2006
N
Figure 2013B RF Board Schematic (-0010)

(Dwg No 002-09034-0010, Rev F, Sheet 1 of 8) (For Reference Only)
Page 2167/2168
006-15536-0006 Rev. 6 34-42-10 Feb/2006
N
Figure 2013B RF Board Schematic

Page 2169/2170
006-15536-0006 Rev. 6 34-42-10 Feb/2006
N

Page 2171/2172
006-15536-0006 Rev. 6 34-42-10 Feb/2006
N

Page 2173/2174
006-15536-0006 Rev. 6 34-42-10 Feb/2006
N

Page 2175/2176
006-15536-0006 Rev. 6 34-42-10 Feb/2006
N

Page 2177/2178
006-15536-0006 Rev. 6 34-42-10 Feb/2006
N

Page 2179/2180
006-15536-0006 Rev. 6 34-42-10 Feb/2006
N

Page 2181/2182
006-15536-0006 Rev. 6 34-42-10 Feb/2006
N
Figure 2013C RF Board Schematic

(Dwg No 002-09034-0010, Rev B, Sheet 1 of 8) (For Reference Only)
Page 2183/2184
006-15536-0006 Rev. 6 34-42-10 Feb/2006
N

Page 2185/2186
006-15536-0006 Rev. 6 34-42-10 Feb/2006
N

Page 2187/2188
006-15536-0006 Rev. 6 34-42-10 Feb/2006
N

Page 2189/2190
006-15536-0006 Rev. 6 34-42-10 Feb/2006
N

Page 2191/2192
006-15536-0006 Rev. 6 34-42-10 Feb/2006
N

Page 2193/2194
006-15536-0006 Rev. 6 34-42-10 Feb/2006
N

Page 2195/2196
006-15536-0006 Rev. 6 34-42-10 Feb/2006
N

Page 2197/2198
006-15536-0006 Rev. 6 34-42-10 Feb/2006
N
SUMMARY OF CHANGES TO INTERCONNECT CCA

PART NUMBER 200-09035-0000

1 Clerical, C/O 141595, Rev. AA N.A. N.A.
N.A. Mod 3, C/O 168905 replaces 200-09035-0000 with 200- 2203 KRA 405B-3
09035-0100
Page 2199
006-15536-0006 Rev. 6 34-42-10 Feb/2006
N
Page 2200
006-15536-0006 Rev. 6 34-42-10 Feb/2006
N
SUMMARY OF CHANGES TO INTERCONNECT CCA

PART NUMBER 200-09035-0100

Baseline Rev. -
1 Change JB 4051 to 030-03290-0001. C/O 719241, Rev. A
Page 2201
006-15536-0006 Rev. 6 34-42-10 Feb/2006
N
Page 2202
006-15536-0006 Rev. 6 34-42-10 Feb/2006
N
Figure 2014 Interconnect Board Drawing (-0000)

(Dwg No 300-09035-0000, Rev 2)
Page 2203/2204
006-15536-0006 Rev. 6 34-42-10 Feb/2006
N
Figure 2015 Interconnect Board Schematic (-0000)

(Dwg No 002-09035-0000, Rev 1)
Page 2205/2206
006-15536-0006 Rev. 6 34-42-10 Feb/2006
N

(Dwg No 300-09035-0100, Rev B)
Page 2207/2208
006-15536-0006 Rev. 6 34-42-10 Feb/2006
N
Figure 2016A Interconnect Board Drawing

(Dwg No 300-09035-0100, Rev -) (For Reference Only)
Page 2209/2210
006-15536-0006 Rev. 6 34-42-10 Feb/2006
N
Figure 2017 Interconnect Board Schematic (-0100)

(Dwg No 002-09035-0100, Rev -)
Page 2211/2212
006-15536-0006 Rev. 6 34-42-10 Feb/2006
N
DISASSEMBLY
1. General
This section contains information for disassembly of the unit. Disassem-

bly procedures are to be accomplished only when repairs or modifications
are required, and only to the extent that is required by the repair, or
as described in the modification service bulletin. This section contains
the recommended procedures for removal of all subassemblies. Refer to the
ILLUSTRATED PARTS LIST for aid in disassembly. Part numbers are used in
the IPL drawings to identify specific parts. Complete disassembly should
never be undertaken. Provisions have been made in the design of the unit
to make complete disassembly unnecessary except to replace a damaged me-
chanical part that cannot be reached otherwise.
WARNING: REMOVE ALL POWER FROM THE UNIT BEFORE DISASSEMBLY OF ANY MODULE.
BESIDES BEING DANGEROUS TO LIFE, VOLTAGE TRANSIENTS CAN CAUSE
CONSIDERABLE DAMAGE TO THE EQUIPMENT.
CAUTION: EXERCISE EXTREME CARE WHEN DISCONNECTING AND RECONNECTING THE
MULTIPLE PIN CONNECTORS TO ENSURE THAT THE CONNECTORS ARE NOT
DAMAGED BY MISALIGNMENT OF THE PINS.
2. Recommended Disassembly Procedures
NOTE: View unit from front for determining left and right sides. Tag,
or by some means, identify all disconnected wires or coaxial
cables.
A. Unit Cover Removal and Disassembly
(1) Remove two (2) fasteners (item 15) from rear of unit which
secures the unit cover from the chassis I-beam (item 7).
(2) Slide unit cover (item 1) backward from unit and remove.
B. Logic/Power Supply Board Removal and Disassembly
(1) Follow procedure detailed in part A.
(2) Remove ribbon cable P1001 from J1001.
(4) Remove coax cable P1003 from J1003.
(5) Remove six (6) fasteners (item 10) which secure logic/power
supply board assembly (item 20) to chassis I-beam.
(6) Remove logic/power supply board.
Page 3001
006-15536-0006 Rev. 6 34-42-10 Feb/2006
N
C. RF Board Assembly Removal and Disassembly
(2) Remove four (4) fasteners (item 14) securing coax connector
J405B3 and remove from front plate assembly (item 8).
NOTE: On units with Mod 10, the fasteners are retained

with four (4) nuts, (item 31).
(3) Remove four (4) fasteners (item 14) securing coax connector
J405B2 and remove from front plate assembly (item 8).

(4) Remove coax cable P1003 from J1003 (cable running from logic/
power supply board).
(6) Remove seven (7) fasteners (item 9) which secure RF board as-
sembly (item 22) to chassis I-beam.
(7) Remove RF board.
D. Interconnect Board Removal and Disassembly
(2) Follow procedure detailed in part B.
(3) Remove four (4) fasteners (item 15) securing J405B1 to front
plate assembly (item 8).
(4) Remove one (1) fastener (item 12) securing interconnect board
(item 21) to front plate assembly (item 8).
(5) Remove interconnect board.
(6) If necessary, remove three (3) fasteners (089-05903-0004) se-

curing interconnect board to three (3) spacers (2 - 076-00372-
0009) and (1 - 076-00372-0010).
Page 3002
006-15536-0006 Rev. 6 34-42-10 Feb/2006
N
CLEANING
1. General
This section contains procedures for cleaning the component parts and
subassemblies of the unit.
WARNING: GOGGLES MUST BE WORN WHEN USING PRESSURIZED AIR TO BLOW DUST
AND DIRT FROM EQUIPMENT. ALL PERSONNEL SHOULD BE CLEARED FROM
THE IMMEDIATE AREA.
WARNING: USE A VENTILATED HOOD WHEN USING A CLEANING SOLVENT. AVOID
BREATHING SOLVENT VAPOR AND FUMES. AVOID CONTINUOUS CONTACT
WITH CLEANING SOLVENT. WEAR A SUITABLE MASK, GOGGLES, GLOVES,
AND AN APRON WHEN NECESSARY. CHANGE CLOTHING UPON WHICH SOLVENTS
HAVE BEEN SPILLED.
WARNING: OBSERVE ALL FIRE PRECAUTIONS FOR FLAMMABLE MATERIALS. USE FLAM-
MABLE MATERIALS IN A HOOD PROVIDED WITH EXPLOSION-PROOF ELEC-
TRICAL EQUIPMENT AND AN EXHAUST FAN WITH SPARKPROOF BLADES.
2. Recommended Cleaning Agents
Table 4001 Recommended Cleaning Agents lists the recommended cleaning

agents to be used during overhaul of the unit.
NOTE: Equivalent substitutes may be used for listed cleaning agents.
TYPE USED TO CLEAN
Denatured Alcohol Various, exterior and interior

DuPont Vertrel SMT Various, interior
PolaClear Cleaner (Polaroid Corp.) or CRT display filter, LCD displays, and general
Texwipe TX129 (Texwipe Co.) purpose lens/glass cleaner
KimWipes lint-free tissue Various
(Kimberly Clark Corp.)
Cloth, lint-free cotton Various
Brush, flat with fiber bristles Various
Brush, round with fiber bristles Various
Dishwashing Liquid (mild) Nylon, Rubber Grommets
Table 4001 Recommended Cleaning Agents
Page 4001
006-15536-0006 Rev. 6 34-42-10 Feb/2006
N
3. Recommended Cleaning Procedures
A. Exterior
(1) Wipe dust cover and front panel with a lint-free cloth damp-
ened with denatured alcohol.
(2) For cleaning connectors, use the following procedure.
CAUTION: DO NOT ALLOW SOLVENT TO RUN INTO SLEEVES OR CONDUIT

THAT COVERS WIRES CONNECTED TO INSERT TERMINALS.
(a) Wipe dust and dirt from bodies, shells, and cable clamps
using a lint-free cloth moistened with denatured alco-
hol.
(b) Wipe parts dry with a clean, dry, lint-free cloth.
(c) Remove dirt and lubricant from connector inserts, insu-

lation, and terminals using a small soft bristled brush
moistened with denatured alcohol.
(d) Dry the inserts with an air jet.
(3) Remove cover.
(4) If necessary, open blocked ventilation holes by saturating the

clogged holes with denatured alcohol and blowing the loosened
material out with an air stream.
B. Interior
The following solvents are no longer recommended for benchtop or

rework cleaning of printed circuit boards, modules, or
subassemblies.
Page 4002
006-15536-0006 Rev. 6 34-42-10 Feb/2006
N
TYPE TYPE
Freon TF, IMC Propyl Alcohol

Trichloroethane Methyl Alcohol
Prelete (CFC-113) Ethyl Alcohol
Carbon Tetrachloride Butyl Alcohol
Chloroform Methylene Chloride
Trichloroethylene Xylene
Detergents (All™ and equivalents) Genesolv 2004/2010
Table 4002 Unsafe Solvents
CAUTION: DO NOT USE SOLVENT TO CLEAN PARTS COMPOSED OF OR CONTAIN-

ING NYLON OR RUBBER GROMMETS. CLEAN THESE ITEMS WITH MILD
LIQUID DISHWASHING DETERGENT AND WATER. USE DETERGENT FOR
THIS PURPOSE ONLY.
CAUTION: DUPONT VERTREL SMT DOES HAVE GENERAL MATERIAL COMPATIBIL-

ITY PROBLEMS WITH POLYCARBONATE, POLYSTYRENE, AND RUBBER.
IT IS RECOMMENDED THAT THESE MATERIALS BE CLEANED WITH
DENATURED ALCOHOL.
CAUTION: DO NOT ALLOW EXCESS CLEANING SOLVENT TO ACCUMULATE IN ANY

OF THE ADJUSTMENT SCREW CREVICES AND THEREBY SOFTEN OR
DISSOLVE THE ADJUSTMENT SCREW EPOXY SEALANT.
CAUTION: AVOID AIR-BLASTING SMALL TUNING COILS AND OTHER DELICATE

PARTS BY HOLDING THE AIR JET NOZZLE TOO CLOSE. USE BRUSH-
ES CAREFULLY ON DELICATE PARTS.
CAUTION: IMPROPER CLEANING CAN RESULT IN SURFACE LEAKAGE AND CON-

DUCTIVE PARTICULATES, SUCH AS SOLDER BALLS OR METALLIC
CHIPS, WHICH CAN CAUSE ELECTRICAL SHORTS. SEVERE IONIC
CONTAMINATION FROM HANDLING AND FROM ENVIRONMENTAL CON-
DITIONS CAN RESULT IN HIGH RESISTANCE OR OPEN CIRCUITS.
CAUTION: ULTRASONIC CLEANING CAN DAMAGE CERTAIN PARTS AND SHOULD

GENERALLY BE AVOIDED.
NOTE: Clean miscellaneous metal parts i.e. fasteners, handles,

mounting hardware, etc. with a suitable cleaning machine.
Page 4003
006-15536-0006 Rev. 6 34-42-10 Feb/2006
N
NOTE: Solvents may be physically applied in several ways in-

cluding agitation, spraying, brushing, and vapor degreas-
ing. The cleaning solvents and methods used shall have
no deleterious effect on the parts, connections, and ma-
terials being used. If sensitive components are being
used, spray is recommended. Uniformity of solvent spray
flow should be maximized and wait-time between soldering
and cleaning should be minimized.
Remove each module subassembly. Then remove any foreign matter from
the casting.
(1) Casting covers and shields should be cleaned as follows:
(a) Remove surface grease with a lint-free cloth.
(b) Blow dust from surfaces, holes, and recesses using an

air stream.
(c) If necessary, use a solvent and scrub until clean, work-

ing over all surfaces and into all holes and recesses
with a suitable non-metallic brush.
(d) Position the part to dry so that solvent is not trapped

in holes or recesses. Use an air stream to blow out any
trapped solvent.
(e) When thoroughly clean, touch up any minor damage to the

finish.
(2) Modules (circuit card assemblies) containing resistors, ca-

pacitors, rf coils, inductors, transformers, and other wired
parts should be cleaned as follows:
(a) Remove dust and dirt from all surfaces, including all
parts and wiring, using soft-bristled brushes in con-
junction with an air stream.
(b) Any dirt that cannot be removed in this way should be

removed with a brush (not synthetic) saturated with an
approved solvent listed above. Use of a clean, dry,
compressed air stream (25 to 28 psi) is recommended to
remove any excess solvent.
(c) Remove flux residue, metallic chips, and/or solder

balls with an approved solvent.
Page 4004
006-15536-0006 Rev. 6 34-42-10 Feb/2006
N
(3) Wired chassis devices containing terminal boards, resistor

and capacitor assemblies, rf coils, switches, sockets, induc-
tors, transformers, and other wired parts should be cleaned
as follows:
NOTE: When necessary to disturb the dress of wires and

cables, note the positions before disturbing and
restore them to proper dress after cleaning.
(a) Blow dust from surfaces, holes, and recesses using an

air jet.
(b) Finish cleaning chassis by wiping finished surfaces

with a lint-free cloth moistened with solvent.
(c) Dry with a clean, dry, lint-free cloth.
(d) When thoroughly clean, touch-up any minor damage to the

finish.
(e) Protect the chassis from dust, moisture, and damage

pending inspection.
(4) Ceramic and plastic parts should be cleaned as follows:
(a) Blow dust from surfaces, holes, and recesses using an

air jet.
(b) Finish cleaning chassis by wiping finished surfaces

with a lint-free cloth moistened with solvent.
(c) Dry with a clean, dry, lint-free cloth.
Page 4005
006-15536-0006 Rev. 6 34-42-10 Feb/2006
N
Page 4006
006-15536-0006 Rev. 6 34-42-10 Feb/2006
N
CHECK
1. General
This section provides procedures to perform a visual inspection of the

unit.
2. Inspection Procedures
A. Cover
Inspect the cover for dents, deformation, or damage to the finish

that should be repaired.
B. Front Panel
Check that name, serial number, and plates or stickers are secure
and hardware is tight.
C. Chassis
Inspect chassis for loose or missing mounting hardware, deformation,

dents, damaged fasteners, or damaged connectors. Check for corro-
sion or damage to the finish that should be repaired.
D. Hardware, Covers and Shields
Inspect for bent, warped, stripped, dented or corroded parts. Check

for damaged fasteners. Check plating, painting, and identification
stencils for worn, exposed, or scratched surfaces.
E. Circuit Boards
Inspect for loose, broken or corroded terminal connections and dam-

age; such as cracks, burns, or charred track. Check for insuffi-
cient solder, proper bonding, fungus, mold or other deposits that
should be repaired.
F. Connectors
Inspect connector bodies for broken parts, check insulation for

cracks, and check contacts for damage, misalignment, corrosion, or
bad plating. Check for broken, loose, or poorly soldered connec-
tions to connector terminals. Inspect connector hoods and cable
clamps for crimped wires.
G. Terminal Connections
Inspect for corrosion or loose connections.
Page 5001
006-15536-0006 Rev. 6 34-42-10 Feb/2006
N
H. Terminal Connections, Soldered
(1) Inspect for cold soldered or rosin joints. Bad joints can be
recognized by a dull porous appearance.
(2) Check for excessive solder, insufficient solder, or solder

splashes resulting from previous repair.
(3) Check for corrosion at the terminal connections.
I. Wiring
Inspect wiring of the chassis and subassemblies for any signs of

physical damage or charring.
J. Capacitors
Inspect capacitors for case or body damage and for loose, broken,
or corroded terminal connections.
K. Resistors and Diodes
Inspect for blistered, charred, or cracked bodies. Check for loose,

broken, or corroded terminal connections.
L. Filters and Inductors
Inspect for damage to body or casting and for loose, broken, or cor-
roded terminal connections. Check for secure mounting to chassis.
M. Transformers
Inspect for damage to case and for signs of excessive heating. Check
for loose, broken, or corroded terminal connections.
N. Transistors and Integrated Circuits
Inspect for damage to body or casing. Check for proper and secure
attachment to sockets.
O. Rotary Switches
Check for proper mechanical operation: no binding or looseness

should be evidenced.
Page 5002
006-15536-0006 Rev. 6 34-42-10 Feb/2006
N
P. Insulators
Inspect for looseness and/or evidence of damage such as burned ar-

eas, cracks, and broken or chipped edges.
Page 5003
006-15536-0006 Rev. 6 34-42-10 Feb/2006
N
Page 5004
006-15536-0006 Rev. 6 34-42-10 Feb/2006
N
REPAIR
1. General
This section contains information for repair of the unit. The repair or
replacement of damaged parts usually involves standard service techniques
suggested by examination of drawings and equipment. Some repairs, howev-
er, demand an exact repair sequence to ensure proper operation of the
equipment.
After correcting a malfunction in any section of the unit, the functional

test in Test and Fault Isolation paragraph 3. Functional Test Procedures
should be performed.

DS) DEVICES. ALL MODULES CONTAINING ESDS DEVICES ARE FLAGGED
OR IDENTIFIED ON SCHEMATICS AND ASSEMBLY ILLUSTRATIONS, AND ARE
INDIVIDUALLY IDENTIFIED IN THE PARTS LIST. ALL ESDS DEVICES
MUST BE HANDLED IN ACCORDANCE WITH PROCEDURES OUTLINED IN THIS
SECTION OF THE MANUAL.
ESDS DEVICES INCLUDE, BUT ARE NOT LIMITED TO, C-MOS, J-MOS,
PMOS, NMOS, SOCMOS, HMOS, MOS/FET, MICROWAVE MIXER DIODES, SOME
BIPOLAR DEVICES, AND SOME METAL FILM RESISTORS.
MOST DAMAGE TO ESDS DEVICES RESULTS IN DEGRADED PERFORMANCE OR

PREMATURE FAILURE, NOT IN CATASTROPHIC FAILURE AT THE TIME EX-
PERIENCED.
2. Repair Procedures
A. Repair Precautions
(1) Refer to paragraph 2. B. Electrostatic Discharge Sensitive

(ESDS) Devices for special ESDS and MOS handling precautions.
(2) Perform repairs and replace components with power disconnect-

ed from equipment.
(3) Use a conductive table top for repairs. Connect table to

ground conductors of 60Hz and 400Hz power lines.
(4) Replace connectors, shield conductors, and twisted pairs ONLY

with identical items.
Page 6001
006-15536-0006 Rev. 6 34-42-10 Feb/2006
N
(5) Standard references to printed circuit boards in this manual

include the following terms. "Component side" and "nearside"
refer to the side components are located on. "Solder side"
and "farside" refer to the side opposite component side.
"Nearside" on surface mount boards with components on both
sides is the side with J#### and P#### connector numbers.
(6) When replacing parts, carefully observe lead dress and compo-
nent orientation. Keep leads as short as possible and observe
correct repair techniques.
(7) Surface mount components require special soldering tech-

niques. The soldering iron tip should not touch the ceramic
component body. The iron should be applied only to the ter-
mination-solder filet.
(8) Observe cable routing within unit prior to disassembly, to en-

able proper routing of cables during reassembly.
B. Electrostatic Discharge Sensitive (ESDS) Devices
Devices sensitive to electrostatic discharge are used in this equip-

ment. These devices, including metal oxide semiconductors, some
metal film resistors, and other devices, are susceptible to damage
by electrostatic charges and high-voltage fields. Because of the
very high resistance in ESDS devices, they can be damaged by low
current electrical sources that would not damage standard semicon-
ductors. Special precautions must be taken during handling and re-
pair procedures to prevent damage.
The human body is the most common low-energy source causing damage
to ESDS devices. The body generates and retains static electricity,
in conjunction with non-conductive garments and floor covering. An
individual can easily develop several thousand volts of electrostat-
ic charge while simply walking across the floor or moving around in
a chair. Electrostatic charges of 20 kV can develop on personnel,
and 35 kV on their garments.
The capacitive elements in all MOS devices, and in linear integrated

circuits, hybrids, and bipolar integrated circuits can be destroyed
by a voltage field, even when installed in their circuits.
Not all electrostatic damage will result in immediate catastrophic

failure. Damaged devices may operate within their minimum limits
but can experience early field failure or erratic performance later.
The following precautions are recommended for ESDS circuits, and are
especially important in low humidity, high static conditions.
Page 6002
006-15536-0006 Rev. 6 34-42-10 Feb/2006
N
CAUTION: ESDS DEVICES INCLUDE, BUT ARE NOT LIMITED TO, C-MOS, J-
MOS, PMOS, NMOS, SOCMOS, HMOS, MOS/FET, MICROWAVE MIXER
DIODES, SOME BIPOLAR DEVICES, AND SOME METAL FILM RESIS-
TORS.
MOST DAMAGE TO ESDS DEVICES RESULTS IN DEGRADED PERFOR-

MANCE OR PREMATURE FAILURE, NOT IN CATASTROPHIC FAILURE
AT THE TIME EXPERIENCED.
(1) Storage
Store and transport all ESDS devices in conductive material.

Do not insert ESDS devices into conventional plastic trays
used for storing and transporting standard semiconductor de-
vices. Special bags or containers must have a maximum resis-
tivity of 104 ohms/cm, or the leads of the device must be
shorted together through a conductive material (special foam)
having a maximum resistivity of 104 ohms/cm.
Modules, circuit boards, or assemblies containing ESDS devic-

es must be stored in static shielding bags with a maximum re-
sistivity of 104 ohms/cm in the outer layer of the bag, and
1012 ohms/cm resistivity in the inner layer.
A caution label shall be attached to the outside of all con-

tainers containing ESDS devices. The ESDS labels are identi-
fied in the advisory information located in the front of this
manual. Do not remove device from container until actually
used or tested.
Page 6003
006-15536-0006 Rev. 6 34-42-10 Feb/2006
N
(2) Work Station
All equipment, tools, materials, and personnel at the work

station must be maintained at the same electrical potential.
All grounding connections shall have a common point, and that
point shall be connected to electrical ground.
Soldering irons shall be isolated from the power line by

transformer, or shall be direct current isolated. The sol-
dering iron must be grounded and have a resistance of less
than 0.2 ohm from the tip to ground when the iron is hot.
Test equipment shall have all exposed metallic surfaces elec-

trically connected to the test equipment power system ground
(through 200 ohms or less).
Do not use rubber mats, carpets, and rugs in the work station
area. Use grounded conductive mats.
Do not allow nonconductive items on the workbench. This in-

cludes such items as plastic ash trays, cellophane wrappers,
plastic tools, Styrofoam coffee cups, etc.
Maintain the relative humidity higher than 40 percent (mini-

mum) in the work area.
Keep all material and work surfaces CLEAN in the work area.
Wash with damp cloth when necessary.
Keep the work station static-safe. Periodically check the

area with a static meter. When a dangerous reading is ob-
served, remove the nonconductor or take precautions to prevent
contact with ESDS devices.
(3) Personnel
When handling electrostatic discharge sensitive devices or

assemblies, wear a skin-contact wrist strap connected to the
work station common ground.
Page 6004
006-15536-0006 Rev. 6 34-42-10 Feb/2006
N
WARNING: DO NOT CONNECT PERSONNEL DIRECTLY TO EARTH OR

BUILDING GROUND. USE A COMMERCIAL GROUNDING STRAP
WITH 1 MEGOHM IN THE CORD TO PROTECT PERSONNEL FROM
ELECTRICAL SHOCK.
WARNING: DO NOT WEAR GROUND STRAP WHEN TROUBLESHOOTING OR

TESTING HIGH VOLTAGE CIRCUITS WITH POWER APPLIED.
Do not wear smocks, gloves, finger cots, or sleeve protectors

made of plastic, nylon, or rubber in the area where ESDS de-
vices are handled.
When the operator is properly grounded, contact with the op-

erator’s hand will provide sufficient ground for hand tools
or other tools that may be electrically isolated from ground.
(4) Special Troubleshooting Precautions
In addition to the above considerations, the following spe-

cific precautions should be observed when troubleshooting or
repairing modules containing ESDS devices.
Do not use high velocity dry air for applying heat during
troubleshooting. Special infrared heat devices should be
used.
Do not use Freon spray during troubleshooting. To cool com-

ponents, use antistatic quick-chill sprays.
Remember, even when the ESDS device is installed on a printed

circuit board it can STILL be damaged by electrostatic dis-
charge.
C. PC Board, Two-Lead Component Removal
(1) Note orientation of part. Clip one lead close to component

body and bend component off board.
(2) Grasp component and heat its lead hole from component side of
board. When solder flows, lift component from board and dis-
card.
(3) Grasp remaining lead, heat its lead hole and lift from board.
(4) Melt solder in each hole. Use a desoldering suction tool to

remove solder from each hole.
(5) Dress and form leads of replacement part.
Page 6005
006-15536-0006 Rev. 6 34-42-10 Feb/2006
N
(6) Insert replacement component observing correct orientation.
(7) Solder component in place. Clip leads on solder side of

board.
D. PC Board, Multi-Lead Component Removal
(1) Note orientation of part.
(2) Clip each lead of component, as close to component as possi-

ble. Discard component.
(3) Heat each hole from solder side and remove clipped lead from
hole.
(4) Melt solder in each hole. Use a desoldering suction tool to

remove solder from each hole.
(5) Insert replacement component observing correct orientation.
(6) Solder component in place on farside of board. Avoid solder

runs. Clip leads on solder side of board.
E. Replacement of Power Transistors
(1) Unsolder leads and remove attaching hardware. Remove tran-

sistor and hard-coat insulator.
(2) Apply Thermal Joint Compound Type 120 (Wakefield Engineering,

Inc.) to the mounting surface of the replacement transistor.
(3) Reinstall the transistor insulator and the power transistor

using hardware removed in step (1).
(4) After installing the replacement transistor, but before mak-

ing any electrical connections, measure the resistance be-
tween the case of the transistor and the chassis to ensure
that the insulation is effective. The resistance measured
should be greater than 10MW.
(5) Reconnect leads to transistor and solder in place.
Page 6006
006-15536-0006 Rev. 6 34-42-10 Feb/2006
N
F. Replacement of Printed Circuit Board Protective Coating
WARNING: CONFORMAL COATING CONTAINS TOXIC VAPORS! USE ONLY WITH

ADEQUATE VENTILATION!
(1) Clean repaired area of printed circuit board per instructions

in the CLEANING section (4000) of this manual.
(2) Apply Conformal Coating Humiseal #1B-31 HYSOL PC20-35M-01

(Humiseal Division, Columbia Chase Corp., 24-60 Brooklyn
Queens Expressway West, Woodside, N.Y., 11377) Honeywell p/n
016-01040-0000.
(3) Shake container well before using.
(4) Spray or brush surfaces with smooth, even strokes: if spray-

ing hold nozzle 10-15 inches from work surface.
(5) Cure time is ten minutes at room temperature.
G. Programmable Read Only Memory (PROM) Replacement
The read only memory packages are specially programmed devices to

provide specific logic outputs required for the operation in the
control unit. The manufacturer’s part (type) number is for the un-
programmed device and cannot be used. The Honeywell part number
must be used to obtain the correctly programmed device. Refer to
the ILLUSTRATED PARTS LIST.
H. Connectors
(1) Coaxial Cable Connectors
NOTE: Replacement coaxial cable assemblies are available.
The following are connectors used on the KRA 405B unit. The
cables, Part numbers 155-02881-0001/0002/0003/0004/0005/0006
are not field serviceable and are included for reference only.
Modification 10 replaced Cable Assemblies P/N 155-02881-0001
and P/N 155-02881-0003 with Cable Assemblies P/N 155-02881-
0004 and P/N 155-02881-0006 respectively. Cable P/N 155-
02831-0000 is field serviceable.
Page 6007
006-15536-0006 Rev. 6 34-42-10 Feb/2006
N
Figure 6001 KRA 405B Semi-Flex Cable Assembly

(Dwg. No 155-02881-0000 Rev. AC, Sheet 1 of 7)
Page 6008
006-15536-0006 Rev. 6 34-42-10 Feb/2006
N

Page 6009
006-15536-0006 Rev. 6 34-42-10 Feb/2006
N

Page 6010
006-15536-0006 Rev. 6 34-42-10 Feb/2006
N

Page 6011
006-15536-0006 Rev. 6 34-42-10 Feb/2006
N

Page 6012
006-15536-0006 Rev. 6 34-42-10 Feb/2006
N

Page 6013
006-15536-0006 Rev. 6 34-42-10 Feb/2006
N

Page 6014
006-15536-0006 Rev. 6 34-42-10 Feb/2006
N
Figure 6002 KRA 405B Cable Assembly

(Dwg. No 155-02831-0000 Rev. AB)
Page 6015
006-15536-0006 Rev. 6 34-42-10 Feb/2006
N
Page 6016
006-15536-0006 Rev. 6 34-42-10 Feb/2006
N
ASSEMBLY
1. General
This section provides procedures for assembly of the unit and its
subassemblies. Assembly procedures are to be followed after the unit has
been disassembled for repair, cleaning, inspection, or modification by
service bulletin.
WARNING: REMOVE ALL POWER FROM UNIT BEFORE ASSEMBLY OF ANY MODULE. VOLT-
AGE TRANSIENTS ARE DANGEROUS TO LIFE.
VOLTAGE TRANSIENTS CAN DAMAGE THE EQUIPMENT.
CAUTION: EXERCISE EXTREME CARE WHEN DISCONNECTING AND RECONNECTING MUL-
TIPLE PIN CONNECTORS. ENSURE THAT CONNECTORS ARE NOT DAMAGED
BY MISALIGNMENT OF THE PINS.
2. Materials Required For Assembly
Table 7001 Sealants and Staking Compounds lists materials used in assembly
of the unit.
NOTE: Equivalent substitutes may be used for listed sealants, staking

compounds, and thermal compounds.
REPRESENTATIVE TYPE QUANTITY USED
Loctite 242 Thin coat to threads of screws and

retaining nuts.
Conformal Coating Humiseal #1B-31 Thin coat on all components, not on
HYSOL PC 20-35M-01 connectors.
Adhesive-Sealant RTV 3145 Thin coat for adhesion.
Superbonder 414 Thin coat to threads of screws and
retaining nuts.
Thermal Compound Thin coat on power transistor insulator (both
sides).
Nylon Cable Tie As required to secure wiring.
Solder, 60% Tin 40% Lead As required for connections.
Table 7001 Sealants and Staking Compounds
3. Recommended Reassembly Procedures

DS) DEVICES. EQUIPMENT MODULES AND ESDS DEVICES MUST BE HANDLED
IN ACCORDANCE WITH SPECIAL ESDS HANDLING PROCEDURES.
Page 7001
006-15536-0006 Rev. 6 34-42-10 Feb/2006
N
NOTE: View unit from front for determining left and right sides.
NOTE: Although section A. Unit Cover Assembly is a final step, it is

placed at the beginning the assembly procedure as a reference
to the other sections.
A. Unit Cover Assembly
(1) Slide unit cover (item 1) on chassis I-beam (item 7).
(2) Install and tighten two (2) fasteners (item 15) on rear of
unit which secures the unit cover to the chassis I-beam (item
7).
B. Logic/Power Supply Board Assembly
(1) Position logic/power supply board (item 20).
(2) Install and tighten six (6) fasteners (item 10) which secure
logic/power supply board assembly to chassis I-beam.
(3) Reattach coax cable P1003 from J1003.
(4) Reattach ribbon cable P1002 from J1002.
(5) Reattach ribbon cable P1001 from J1001.
C. Interconnect Board Assembly
(1) If necessary, install and tighten three (3) fasteners (089-

05903-0004) securing interconnect board (item 21) to three (3)
spacers (2 - 076-00372-0009) and (1 - 076-00372-0010).
(2) Position interconnect board which includes connector J405B1

(item 21).
(3) Install and tighten four (4) fasteners (item 15) securing
J405B1 (part of the interconnect board) to front plate (item
8). Two (2) fasteners will also attach to spacers 076-00372-
0009.
(4) Install and tighten one (1) fastener (item 12) securing in-
terconnect board to front plate (item 8).
(5) Follow procedure detailed in part B.
Page 7002
006-15536-0006 Rev. 6 34-42-10 Feb/2006
N
D. RF Board Assembly
(1) Position RF board.
(2) Install and tighten seven (7) fasteners (item 9) which secure
RF board assembly (item 22) to chassis I-beam.
(3) Reattach ribbon cable P2001 to J2001.
(4) Reattach coax cable P1003 to J1003 (cable running from logic/
power supply board).
(5) Align coax connector J405B2 with front plate assembly (item
8). Install and tighten four (4) fasteners (item 14) securing
J405B2.

(6) Align coax connector J405B3 on front plate assembly (item 8).
Install and tighten four (4) fasteners (item 14) securing
J405B3.

Page 7003
006-15536-0006 Rev. 6 34-42-10 Feb/2006
N
Page 7004
006-15536-0006 Rev. 6 34-42-10 Feb/2006
N
SPECIAL TOOLS, FIXTURES, AND EQUIPMENT

1. General
This section contains information on special tools, fixtures, and test

equipment used to test, troubleshoot, and repair the unit.
2. Equipment Required For Test
Table 9001 Test Equipment Required is a table listing of the test equipment
required to perform the testing and troubleshooting procedures described
in this manual. Equipment other than that listed in Table 9001 Test
Equipment Required under "Representative Type" can be substituted if the
characteristics fulfill those listed under "Characteristics Required."
ITEM DESCRIPTION COMMON NAME CHARACTERISTICS REPRESENTATIVE TYPE

REQUIRED
1 Power Supply power supply Capable of 0-32 VDC @ 1.5A.
2 Oscilloscope scope 200 MHz Digital Storage Tektronics
Oscilloscope TDS 220
3 Digital digital 7-function DMM has 10A current John Fluke 8010A
Multimeter multimeter range, 3 1/2 digit resolution.
4 RF Fixed RF fixed 20 dB; DC - 12.4 GHz Type N Lucas
Attenuator attenuator Weinschel Model 1
5 RF Fixed RF fixed 20 dB; DC - 12.4 GHz Type N Lucas
Attenuator attenuator Weinschel Model 1
6 RF Variable At- RF variable at- 40 dB; 4.0 - 8.0 GHz Narda 794 FM
tenuator tenuator
7 Delay Line delay line 4.2 - 4.4 GHz 500 nSec Cablewave
Systems Inc. 835000
8 RF Power RF power HP 431B
Meter meter
9* Bench Test Kit bench test kit 050-03485-0000
10 Personal PC IBM Compatible 386 DX, Any IBM
Computer 8 MB RAM, VGA Graphics Compatible
11 429 Buss Reader buss reader JCAir 429E
P/N 01-1001-01
12 Function function HP 33120A
Generator generator
* Details relating to the bench test kit are noted in the following section.
Table 9001 Test Equipment Required
Page 9001
006-15536-0006 Rev. 6 34-42-10 Feb/2006
N
3. Bench Test Set Particulars
A. Bench Test Kit
The contents of the bench test kit are listed below.
PN DESCRIPTION REV
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
050-03485-0000 BENCH TEST KIT KRA 405B A
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
SYMBOL PART NUMBER FIND NO DESCRIPTION UM -0000
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
024-00075-0000 CA COAX RG393 IN 372.00
030-00108-0004 CONN TNC CBL PLUG EA 2.00
030-00117-0000 CONN COAX EA 2.00
030-01058-0001 CONN, PLUG, KEYING EA 1.00
030-02077-0004 CONN., PLUG, CRIMP 20-41S (SR EA 1.00
030-02204-0004 CONN HSG 10 CAV EA 1.00
030-02205-0005 TERM 22-26 EA 5.00
030-02210-0012 CONN EA 1.00
030-02346-0001 CONN SUB-D CA 9S EA 1.00
050-03380-0000 CONFIG MODULE KIT EA 1.00
222-00421-0001 KRA 405B MAINTENANCE TOOL, CO EA 1.00
B. Test System
The cable length of 024-00075-0000 is specified as 31 feet (372

inches). The attenuation of the cable is important in determining
total loop loss for the test system and must be known for proper
operation of the power meter as well as for loop loss calculations.
Any equipment in series with the RF lines such as couplers or
attenuators add attenuation and delay to the test system. These
both must be taken into consideration when setting up the test
station to measure power out or loop loss.
Typically the test station would use a 500 nSec delay line as the
main delay element. Since the speed of propagation in free space is
approximately 2.033 nSec / foot, the length of the delay line can
be calculated in feet. Typically, the unit will be tested by placing
a Type N female to female barrel between the Xmtr and Rcvr cables
at the delay line end in place of the delay line. Then the cable
length can be zero'd out using the calibration switch located on the
front of the RT. After installing the delay line back in the
circuit, the RT will measure the delay line only. At this time, all
couplers and attenuators are assumed to have been calibrated out due
to their position in the test setup.
Page 9002
006-15536-0006 Rev. 6 34-42-10 Feb/2006
N
For power out measurements, the attenuation of the cable and coupler
must be known prior to taking measurements. The loss can be measured
by the use of an external source in series with the setup.
Page 9003
006-15536-0006 Rev. 6 34-42-10 Feb/2006
N
Page 9004
006-15536-0006 Rev. 6 34-42-10 Feb/2006
N
Figure 9001 KRA 405B Bench Test Kit
Page 9005/9006
006-15536-0006 Rev. 6 34-42-10 Feb/2006
N
ILLUSTRATED PARTS LIST

1. General
This section contains the illustrated parts list (IPL) for the latest
available unit end items and their sub-assemblies (CCAs/boards). The IPL
provides for the proper identification of replacement parts. An assembly
drawing is provided for the top (end item) assembly and each sub-assembly
and is categorized by figure numbers. A parts list follows each assembly/
sub-assembly drawing. Refer to the SCHEMATIC DIAGRAMS section and service
bulletin list for historical changes to the units and their sub-
assemblies.
Parts identified in this IPL by Honeywell part number meet design

specifications for this equipment and are the recommended replacement
parts. For warranty information concerning Honeywell replacement parts,
consult the www.bendixking.com website.
Weights and measurements in the manual are in English units, unless

otherwise stated.
Some part numbers may not be currently available. Consult the current
Honeywell catalog or contact a Honeywell representative for equipment
availability.
2. Revision Service
The manual will be revised as necessary to reflect current information.
3. List of Abbreviations
Abbreviation Name
B Motor or Synchro
C Capacitor
CJ Circuit Jumper
CR Diode
DS Lamp
E Voltage or Signal Connect Point
F Fuse
FL Filter
FT Feedthru
I Integrated Circuit
Table 10001 Abbreviations
Page 10001
006-15536-0006 Rev. 6 34-42-10 Feb/2006
N
Abbreviation Name
J Jack or Fixed Connector
L Inductor
M Meter
P Plug
Q Transistor
R Resistor
RT Thermistor
S Switch
T Transformer
TP Test Point
U Component Network, Integrated Circuit,
Circuit Assembly
V Photocell/Vacuum Tube
W, WG Waveguide
Y Crystal
Table 10001 Abbreviations
4. Typical Parts List
Refer to Figure 10001 Typical Parts List for a typical parts list which
accompanies each assembly drawing.
NOTE: The typical parts list is only a sample. The actual format and
style may vary slightly. A ‘Find Number’ column, when shown,
references selected items on the BOM’s accompanying assembly
drawing. This information does not apply to every BOM. There-
fore, a lack of information in this column, or a lack of this
column, should not be interpreted as an omission.
Page 10002
006-15536-0006 Rev. 6 34-42-10 Feb/2006
N
Figure 10001 Typical Parts List
Page 10003
006-15536-0006 Rev. 6 34-42-10 Feb/2006
N
Page 10004
006-15536-0006 Rev. 6 34-42-10 Feb/2006
N

(Dwg No 300-05643-0000, Rev AE)
Page 10005/10006
006-15536-0006 Rev. 6 34-42-10 Feb/2006
N

(Dwg No 300-05643-0100, Rev E)
Page 10007/10008
006-15536-0006 Rev. 6 34-42-10 Feb/2006
N
PN DESCRIPTION REV
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
066-01153-0000 KRA 405B COMMON ASSEMBLY D
066-01153-0101 FINAL ASSY KRA405B AJ
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
SYMBOL PART NUMBER FIND NO DESCRIPTION UM -0000 -0101
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REF1 300-05643-0100 FINAL ASSEMBLY, KRA 405B RF .00 .00
REF100 000-00964-0101 KRA 405B PRODUCT STRUCTURE DIAGRAM RF .00 .00
REF200 004-05017-6300 MPS FOR THE KRA 405B RADAR ALTIMETER RCVR TRANSMITTE RF .00 .00
035-01007-0020 23 CONN CVR NAS820-8 EA . 2.00
047-11094-0001 2 COVER PA EA 1.00 1.00
047-11096-0011 3 COVER, RECEIVER KRA 405B EA 1.00 1.00
047-11281-0001 1 COVER, KRA 405B EA . 1.00
057-02203-0001 4 FLAVOR STCKR EA . 2.00
057-03511-0001 5 DECAL, CAUTION EA 1.00 1.00
057-05792-0001 6 S/N TAG KRA405B EA 1.00 1.00
075-05132-0001 7 CHASSIS I-BEAM EA 1.00 1.00
075-05133-0001 8 FRONT PLATE WITH FINISH EA 1.00 1.00
089-02140-0000 26 NUT LOCK 4-40 EA 1.00 1.00
089-02140-0000 31 NUT LOCK 4-40 EA 8.00 8.00
089-05878-0005 9 SCR PHP 4-40 X 5/16 EA 6.00 6.00
089-05878-0008 10 SCR PHP 4-40 X 1/2 EA 6.00 6.00
089-05878-0010 11 SCR PHP 4-40 X 5/8 EA 4.00 4.00
089-05903-0005 14 SCR PHP 4-40X5/16 EA 8.00 8.00
089-06008-0006 27 SCR FHP 4-40X3/8 EA 1.00 1.00
089-06163-0004 12 SCR FHP 4-40X1/4 EA 1.00 1.00
089-06311-0006 13 SCR PHP 4-40X3/8 EA 4.00 4.00
089-06344-0006 15 SCR PHP 4-40X3/8 EA 4.00 6.00
090-00963-0035 25 FINGER STOCK EA 1.00 1.00
090-01001-0001 16 GND SPRING CLIP 1X EA . 20.00
090-01001-0002 17 GND SPRING CLIP 2X EA . 6.00
091-00480-0071 28 FLG BUSHING .116 (BENDIX) EA 1.00 1.00
155-02833-0000 18 RIBBON CABLE 2OP EA 1.00 1.00
187-01853-0001 19 ABSORBER, MICROWAVE (KRA 405B) EA 1.00 1.00
187-01853-0002 24 ABSORBER, MICROWAVE EA 1.00 1.00
187-01907-0002 32 THERMAL CONDUCTOR EA 2.00 2.00
200-09034-0010 22 RF BOARD KRA 405B EA 1.00 1.00
200-09035-0100 21 KRA 405B INTERCONNECT BOARD EA 1.00 1.00
206-00364-0103 20 KRA 405B S/W SET EA 1.00 .
206-00364-0104 20 KRA 405B S/W SET EA . 1.00
Page 10009
006-15536-0006 Rev. 6 34-42-10 Feb/2006
N
PN DESCRIPTION REV
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
066-01153-0202 FINAL ASSY KRA 405B H
066-01153-2001 KRA 405B RADAR ALTIMETER FINAL ASSEMBLY F
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REF1 300-05643-0100 FINAL ASSEMBLY, KRA 405B RF .00 .00
REF100 000-00964-0202 KRA 405B PRODUCT STRUCTURE DIAGRAM RF .00 .
REF100 000-00964-2001 KRA 405B PRODUCT STRUCTURE DIAGRAM RF . .00
REF200 004-05017-6300 MPS FOR THE KRA 405B RADAR ALTIMETER RCVR TRANSMITTE RF .00 .00
035-01007-0020 23 CONN CVR NAS820-8 EA 2.00 2.00
047-11094-0001 2 COVER PA EA 1.00 1.00
047-11096-0011 3 COVER, RECEIVER KRA 405B EA 1.00 1.00
047-11281-0001 1 COVER, KRA 405B EA 1.00 1.00
057-02203-0001 4 FLAVOR STCKR EA . 1.00
057-02203-0002 4 FLAVOR STCKR EA 2.00 .
057-02203-0020 30 FLAVOR STCKR EA . 1.00
057-03511-0001 5 DECAL, CAUTION EA 1.00 1.00
057-05792-0001 6 S/N TAG KRA405B EA 1.00 1.00
075-05132-0001 7 CHASSIS I-BEAM EA 1.00 1.00
075-05133-0001 8 FRONT PLATE WITH FINISH EA 1.00 1.00
089-02140-0000 26 NUT LOCK 4-40 EA 1.00 1.00
089-02140-0000 31 NUT LOCK 4-40 EA 8.00 8.00
089-05878-0005 9 SCR PHP 4-40 X 5/16 EA 6.00 6.00
089-05878-0008 10 SCR PHP 4-40 X 1/2 EA 6.00 6.00
089-05878-0010 11 SCR PHP 4-40 X 5/8 EA 4.00 4.00
089-05903-0005 14 SCR PHP 4-40X5/16 EA 8.00 8.00
089-06008-0006 27 SCR FHP 4-40X3/8 EA 1.00 1.00
089-06163-0004 12 SCR FHP 4-40X1/4 EA 1.00 1.00
089-06311-0006 13 SCR PHP 4-40X3/8 EA 4.00 4.00
089-06344-0006 15 SCR PHP 4-40X3/8 EA 6.00 6.00
090-00963-0035 25 FINGER STOCK EA 1.00 1.00
090-01001-0001 16 GND SPRING CLIP 1X EA 20.00 20.00
090-01001-0002 17 GND SPRING CLIP 2X EA 6.00 6.00
091-00480-0071 28 FLG BUSHING .116 (BENDIX) EA 1.00 1.00
155-02833-0000 18 RIBBON CABLE 2OP EA 1.00 1.00
187-01853-0001 19 ABSORBER, MICROWAVE (KRA 405B) EA 1.00 1.00
187-01907-0002 32 THERMAL CONDUCTOR EA 2.00 2.00
200-09034-0010 22 RF BOARD KRA 405B EA 1.00 1.00
200-09035-0100 21 KRA 405B INTERCONNECT BOARD EA 1.00 1.00
206-00364-0204 20 KRA 405B S/W SET EA 1.00 .
206-20364-0104 20 KRA 405B S/W SET EA . 1.00
Page 10010
006-15536-0006 Rev. 6 34-42-10 Feb/2006
N
PN DESCRIPTION REV
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
066-01153-4001 KRA 405B FINAL ASSEMBLY -
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REF1 300-05643-0100 FINAL ASSEMBLY, KRA 405B RF .00
REF100 000-00964-4001 KRA 405B PRODUCT STRUCTURE DIAGRAM RF .00
REF200 004-05017-6300 MPS FOR THE KRA 405B RADAR ALTIMETER RCVR TRANSMITTE RF .00
035-01007-0020 23 CONN CVR NAS820-8 EA 2.00
047-11094-0001 2 COVER PA EA 1.00
047-11096-0011 3 COVER, RECEIVER KRA 405B EA 1.00
047-11281-0001 1 COVER, KRA 405B EA 1.00
057-02203-0001 4 FLAVOR STCKR EA 1.00
057-02203-0040 33 FLAVOR STCKR EA 1.00
057-03511-0001 5 DECAL, CAUTION EA 1.00
057-05792-0001 6 S/N TAG KRA405B EA 1.00
075-05132-0001 7 CHASSIS I-BEAM EA 1.00
075-05133-0001 8 FRONT PLATE WITH FINISH EA 1.00
089-02140-0000 26 NUT LOCK 4-40 EA 1.00
089-02140-0000 31 NUT LOCK 4-40 EA 8.00
089-05878-0005 9 SCR PHP 4-40 X 5/16 EA 6.00
089-05878-0008 10 SCR PHP 4-40 X 1/2 EA 6.00
089-05878-0010 11 SCR PHP 4-40 X 5/8 EA 4.00
089-05903-0005 14 SCR PHP 4-40X5/16 EA 8.00
089-06008-0006 27 SCR FHP 4-40X3/8 EA 1.00
089-06163-0004 12 SCR FHP 4-40X1/4 EA 1.00
089-06311-0006 13 SCR PHP 4-40X3/8 EA 4.00
089-06344-0006 15 SCR PHP 4-40X3/8 EA 6.00
090-00963-0035 25 FINGER STOCK EA 1.00
090-01001-0001 16 GND SPRING CLIP 1X EA 20.00
090-01001-0002 17 GND SPRING CLIP 2X EA 6.00
091-00480-0071 28 FLG BUSHING .116 (BENDIX) EA 1.00
155-02833-0000 18 RIBBON CABLE 2OP EA 1.00
187-01853-0001 19 ABSORBER, MICROWAVE (KRA 405B) EA 1.00
187-01853-0002 24 ABSORBER, MICROWAVE EA 1.00
187-01853-0004 29 ABSORBER, MICROWAVE EA 1.00
187-01907-0002 32 THERMAL CONDUCTOR EA 2.00
200-09034-0010 22 RF BOARD KRA 405B EA 1.00
200-09035-0100 21 KRA 405B INTERCONNECT BOARD EA 1.00
206-20364-0104 20 KRA 405B S/W SET EA 1.00
Page 10011
006-15536-0006 Rev. 6 34-42-10 Feb/2006
N
Page 10012
006-15536-0006 Rev. 6 34-42-10 Feb/2006
N
PN DESCRIPTION REV
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
206-00364-0101 KRA405B UNIT SW SET AA
206-00364-0102 KRA405B UNIT SOFTWARE SET -
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
057-05287-0101 SW MOD TAG EA 1.00 .
057-05287-0102 UNIT SFTWR V0102 EA . 1.00
205-00874-0001 KRA405B LOGIC HW/SW EA 1.00 .
205-00874-0002 KRA405B LOGIC HW/SW EA . 1.00
716-00302-0000 KRA 405B DOCUMENT INDEX RF .00 .
716-00302-0102 KRA 405B DOCUMENT INDEX RF . .00
PN DESCRIPTION REV
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
206-00364-0103 KRA 405B S/W SET A
206-00364-0104 KRA 405B S/W SET A
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
057-05287-0103 UNIT SFTWR V0103 EA 1.00 .
057-05287-0104 SFTW ID TAG EA . 1.00
205-00874-0103 LOGIC / PS BD S/W SET KRA 405B EA 1.00 .
205-00874-0104 KRA 405B LOGIC SET EA . 1.00
716-00302-0103 SOFTWARE CONFIGURATION INDEX FOR THE KRA 405B SWID 0 RF .00 .
716-00302-0104 SOFTWARE CONFIGURATION INDEX FOR KRA 405B RF . .00
PN DESCRIPTION REV
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
205-00874-0001 KRA405B LOGIC HW/SW A
205-00874-0002 KRA405B LOGIC HW/SW A
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REF 300-09033-0100 POWER SUPPLY / LOGIC BOARD KRA 405B RF .00 .00
057-05252-0874 KRA405B HW/SW TAG EA 1.00 1.00
057-05335-0001 DECAL 205 DASH 01 EA 1.00 .
057-05335-0002 DECAL 205 DASH 02 EA . 1.00
125-00915-0000 KRA405B LOGIC SW EA 1.00 .
125-00915-0001 KRA405B LOGIC SOFTWARE EA . 1.00
200-09033-0000 LOGIC/PS BD EA 1.00 1.00
Page 10013
006-15536-0006 Rev. 6 34-42-10 Feb/2006
N
PN DESCRIPTION REV
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
205-00874-0003 KRA 405B LOGIC SET -
205-00874-0004 KRA 405B LOGIC SET A
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REF 300-09033-0100 POWER SUPPLY / LOGIC BOARD KRA 405B RF .00 .
REF 300-09033-0200 POWER SUPPLY/LOGIC BOARD RF . .00
057-05252-0874 KRA405B HW/SW TAG EA 1.00 1.00
057-05335-0003 DECAL DASH 03 EA 1.00 .
057-05335-0004 DECAL DASH 04 EA . 1.00
125-00915-0002 KRA 405B LOGIC SW EA 1.00 .
125-00915-0003 KRA 405B LOGIC SW EA . 1.00
200-09033-0000 LOGIC/PS BD EA 1.00 1.00
PN DESCRIPTION REV
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
205-00874-0103 LOGIC / PS BD S/W SET KRA 405B -
205-00874-0104 KRA 405B LOGIC SET A
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
057-05252-0874 KRA405B HW/SW TAG EA 1.00 1.00
057-05335-0001 DECAL 205 DASH 01 EA 1.00 1.00
057-05335-0003 DECAL DASH 03 EA 1.00 .
057-05335-0004 DECAL DASH 04 EA . 1.00
125-00915-0002 KRA 405B LOGIC SW EA 1.00 .
125-00915-0003 KRA 405B LOGIC SW EA . 1.00
200-09033-0010 COMMON BOM EA 1.00 1.00
PN DESCRIPTION REV
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
125-00915-0000 KRA405B LOGIC SW 1
125-00915-0001 KRA405B LOGIC SOFTWARE -
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
U5 122-01604-0000 KRA405 LOGIC SW EA 1.00 .
U5 122-01604-0001 KRA405B LOGIC SOFTWARE EA . 1.00
Page 10014
006-15536-0006 Rev. 6 34-42-10 Feb/2006
N
PN DESCRIPTION REV
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
125-00915-0002 KRA 405B LOGIC SW -
125-00915-0003 KRA 405B LOGIC SW -
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
U5 122-01604-0002 KRA 405B ROM EA 1.00 .
U5 122-01604-0003 KRA 405B ROM EA . 1.00
PN DESCRIPTION REV
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
206-00364-0201 KRA405B LOGIC HW/SW -
206-00364-0202 KRA 405B LOGIC HW/SW -
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REF1 716-00302-0201 DOCUMENT INDEX KRA 405B RF .00 .
REF1 716-00302-0202 DOCUMENT INDEX KRA 405B RF . .00
057-05287-0201 SW MOD TAG EA 1.00 .
057-05287-0202 SW MOD TAG EA . 1.00
205-00927-0000 KRA 405B LOGIC / PS BD SW SET EA 1.00 .
205-00927-0001 KRA 405B LOGIC 1 PS BD SW SET EA . 1.00
PN DESCRIPTION REV
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
206-00364-0203 KRA 405B S/W SET A
206-00364-0204 KRA 405B S/W SET A
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
057-05287-0203 SM MOD TAG EA 1.00 .
057-05287-0204 SW MOD TAG EA . 1.00
205-00927-0102 LOGIC / PS BD S/W SET KRA 405B EA 1.00 .
205-00927-0103 KRA 405B LOGIC SET EA . 1.00
716-00302-0203 SOFTWARE CONFIGURATION INDEX FOR THE KRA 405B SWID RF .00 .
716-00302-0204 SOFTWARE CONFIGURATION INDEX FOR THE KRA 405B-0202 S RF . .00
Page 10015
006-15536-0006 Rev. 6 34-42-10 Feb/2006
N
PN DESCRIPTION REV
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
205-00927-0000 KRA 405B LOGIC / PS BD SW SET A
205-00927-0001 KRA 405B LOGIC 1 PS BD SW SET -
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REF1 300-09033-0100 POWER SUPPLY / LOGIC BOARD KRA 405B RF . .00
057-05252-0927 SOFTWARE TAG EA 1.00 1.00
057-05335-0000 DECAL 205 DASH 00 EA 1.00 .
057-05335-0001 DECAL 205 DASH 01 EA . 1.00
125-00989-0000 KRA 405B SOFTWARE BUILD EA 1.00 .
125-00989-0001 KRA 405B SOFTWARE BUILD EA . 1.00
200-09033-0100 LOGIC / PS BD ARINC 552 EA 1.00 1.00
PN DESCRIPTION REV
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
205-00927-0002 KRA 405B LOGIC SET -
205-00927-0003 KRA 405B LOGIC SET A
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
057-05252-0927 SOFTWARE TAG EA 1.00 1.00
057-05335-0002 DECAL DASH 02 EA 1.00 .
057-05335-0003 DECAL DASH 03 EA . 1.00
125-00989-0002 KRA 405B LOGIC SW EA 1.00 .
125-00989-0003 KRA 405B LOGIC SW EA . 1.00
200-09033-0100 LOGIC / PS BD ARINC 552 EA 1.00 1.00
300-09033-0100 POWER SUPPLY / LOGIC BOARD KRA 405B RF .00 .
Page 10016
006-15536-0006 Rev. 6 34-42-10 Feb/2006
N
PN DESCRIPTION REV
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
205-00927-0102 LOGIC / PS BD S/W SET KRA 405B -
205-00927-0103 KRA 405B LOGIC SET A
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
057-05252-0927 SOFTWARE TAG EA 1.00 1.00
057-05335-0001 DECAL 205 DASH 01 EA 1.00 1.00
057-05335-0002 DECAL DASH 02 EA 1.00 .
057-05335-0003 DECAL DASH 03 EA . 1.00
125-00989-0002 KRA 405B LOGIC SW EA 1.00 .
125-00989-0003 KRA 405B LOGIC SW EA . 1.00
200-09033-0200 POWER SUPPLY/ LOGIC BOARD EA 1.00 1.00
300-09033-0100 POWER SUPPLY / LOGIC BOARD KRA 405B RF .00 .
PN DESCRIPTION REV
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
125-00989-0000 KRA 405B SOFTWARE BUILD A
125-00989-0001 KRA 405B SOFTWARE BUILD -
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
U5 122-01771-0000 KRA 405B LOGIC SOFTWARE CHIP EA 1.00 .
U5 122-01771-0001 KRA 405B LOGIC SOFTWARE CHIP EA . 1.00
PN DESCRIPTION REV
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
125-00989-0002 KRA 405B LOGIC SW -
125-00989-0003 KRA 405B LOGIC SW -
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
U5 122-01771-0002 KRA 405B ROM EA 1.00 .
U5 122-01771-0003 KRA 405B ROM EA . 1.00
Page 10017
006-15536-0006 Rev. 6 34-42-10 Feb/2006
N
PN DESCRIPTION REV
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
206-20364-0104 KRA 405B S/W SET B
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
057-05287-0104 SFTW ID TAG EA 1.00
205-00964-0104 KRA 405B LOGIC SET EA 1.00
716-20302-0104 SOFTWARE CONFIGURATION INDEX FOR KRA 405B-2001 SWID RF .00
716-40302-0104 SOFTWARE CONFIGURATION INDEX FOR THE KRA 405B-4001 S RF .00
PN DESCRIPTION REV
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
205-00964-0104 KRA 405B LOGIC SET A
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REF 300-09033-0200 POWER SUPPLY/LOGIC BOARD RF .00
057-05252-0964 SOFTWARE TAG EA 1.00
057-05335-0001 DECAL 205 DASH 01 EA 1.00
057-05335-0004 DECAL DASH 04 EA 1.00
125-01061-0003 KRA 405B LOGIC SW EA 1.00
200-09033-0010 COMMON BOM EA 1.00
PN DESCRIPTION REV
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
125-01061-0003 KRA 405B LOGIC SW -
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
U5 122-01895-0003 KRA 405B ROM EA 1.00
Page 10018
006-15536-0006 Rev. 6 34-42-10 Feb/2006
N

Page 10019/10020
006-15536-0006 Rev. 6 34-42-10 Feb/2006
N

Page 10021/10022
006-15536-0006 Rev. 6 34-42-10 Feb/2006
N

Page 10023/10024
006-15536-0006 Rev. 6 34-42-10 Feb/2006
N

Page 10025/10026
006-15536-0006 Rev. 6 34-42-10 Feb/2006
N

Page 10027/10028
006-15536-0006 Rev. 6 34-42-10 Feb/2006
N

Page 10029/10030
006-15536-0006 Rev. 6 34-42-10 Feb/2006
N

Page 10031/10032
006-15536-0006 Rev. 6 34-42-10 Feb/2006
N

Page 10033/10034
006-15536-0006 Rev. 6 34-42-10 Feb/2006
N

Page 10035/10036
006-15536-0006 Rev. 6 34-42-10 Feb/2006
N
PN DESCRIPTION REV
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
200-09033-0000 LOGIC/PS BD AG
200-09033-0010 COMMON BOM B
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
C100 106-05331-0026 CAP CH330PFNPO/100 EA 1.00 .
C101 106-05331-0026 CAP CH330PFNPO/100 EA 1.00 .
C18 096-01186-0012 CAP 1.0UF 16V 10% EA 1.00 .
CR2 007-06396-0000 DIO SW DUAL EA 1.00 .
R177 139-04420-0000 RES CH 442 EW 1% EA 1.00 .
R178 139-05491-0000 RES CH 5.49K EW 1% EA 1.00 .
R187 139-00000-0004 RES CH 0 EW EA 1.00 1.00
R189 139-00000-0004 RES CH 0 EW EA 1.00 1.00
R197 139-00000-0004 RES CH 0 EW EA . 1.00
R38 139-03321-0000 RES CHIP 3.32K EW EA 1.00 .
R61 139-01002-0000 RES CHIP 10K EW 1% EA 1.00 .
R62 139-05491-0000 RES CH 5.49K EW 1% EA 1.00 .
REF1 300-09033-0200 POWER SUPPLY/LOGIC BOARD RF .00 .00
REF3 200-09033-0099 COMMON BOM KRA 405B LOGIC EA 1.00 1.00
TP22 008-00309-0000 TEST POINT SURF MNT EA 1.00 .
U16 120-03026-0008 IC MC7815CT EA 1.00 1.00
U5 122-01604-9999 PLACE HOLDER RF .00 .
U5 122-09999-9999 PLACEHOLDER RF . .00
016-01082-0000 DC RTV 3145 AR 1.00 1.00
025-00238-0000 WIRE 26 AWG W/BLK IN 2.70 2.70
025-00238-0002 WIRE 26 AWG W/RED IN 2.70 2.70
025-00238-0005 WIRE 26 AWG W/GREN IN 2.70 2.70
150-00020-0010 TUBING SHRINK 18G IN 3.00 3.00
Page 10037
006-15536-0006 Rev. 6 34-42-10 Feb/2006
N
PN DESCRIPTION REV
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
200-09033-0100 LOGIC / PS BD ARINC 552 K
200-09033-0200 POWER SUPPLY/ LOGIC BOARD A
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
C100 106-05331-0026 CAP CH330PFNPO/100 EA 1.00 .
C101 106-05331-0026 CAP CH330PFNPO/100 EA 1.00 .
C18 096-01186-0012 CAP 1.0UF 16V 10% EA 1.00 .
CR2 007-06396-0000 DIO SW DUAL EA 1.00 .
R177 139-04420-0000 RES CH 442 EW 1% EA 1.00 .
R178 139-05491-0000 RES CH 5.49K EW 1% EA 1.00 .
R188 139-00000-0004 RES CH 0 EW EA 1.00 1.00
R190 139-00000-0004 RES CH 0 EW EA 1.00 1.00
R192 132-05145-0472 RES SM 47 2W 5% EA 1.00 1.00
R197 139-00000-0004 RES CH 0 EW EA . 1.00
R38 139-03321-0000 RES CHIP 3.32K EW EA 1.00 .
R61 139-01002-0000 RES CHIP 10K EW 1% EA 1.00 .
R62 139-05491-0000 RES CH 5.49K EW 1% EA 1.00 .
REF1 300-09033-0200 POWER SUPPLY/LOGIC BOARD RF .00 .
REF3 200-09033-0099 COMMON BOM KRA 405B LOGIC EA 1.00 1.00
TP22 008-00309-0000 TEST POINT SURF MNT EA 1.00 .
U16 120-03026-0008 IC MC7815CT EA 1.00 1.00
U5 122-01771-9999 PLACEHOLDER RF .00 .00
016-01082-0000 DC RTV 3145 AR 1.00 1.00
025-00238-0000 WIRE 26 AWG W/BLK IN 2.70 2.70
025-00238-0002 WIRE 26 AWG W/RED IN 2.70 2.70
025-00238-0005 WIRE 26 AWG W/GREN IN 2.70 2.70
150-00020-0010 TUBING SHRINK 18G IN 3.00 3.00
Page 10038
006-15536-0006 Rev. 6 34-42-10 Feb/2006
N
PN DESCRIPTION REV
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
200-09033-0099 COMMON BOM KRA 405B LOGIC M
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
C10 106-04330-0026 CH 33PF NPO/100V EA 1.00
C102 106-04104-0047 CH 100KX7R/50V EA 1.00
C103 106-04104-0047 CH 100KX7R/50V EA 1.00
C104 106-04104-0047 CH 100KX7R/50V EA 1.00
C105 106-04104-0047 CH 100KX7R/50V EA 1.00
C106 106-04104-0047 CH 100KX7R/50V EA 1.00
C107 106-04104-0047 CH 100KX7R/50V EA 1.00
C108 106-04224-0047 CAP CHIP .22UF X7R EA 1.00
C109 106-04331-0026 CAPCH330PFNPO/100V EA 1.00
C11 106-04104-0047 CH 100KX7R/50V EA 1.00
C110 106-04104-0047 CH 100KX7R/50V EA 1.00
C12 106-04104-0047 CH 100KX7R/50V EA 1.00
C16 106-04104-0047 CH 100KX7R/50V EA 1.00
C17 106-04104-0047 CH 100KX7R/50V EA 1.00
C19 106-04104-0047 CH 100KX7R/50V EA 1.00
C22 106-04104-0047 CH 100KX7R/50V EA 1.00
C23 106-04104-0047 CH 100KX7R/50V EA 1.00
C24 106-04103-0047 CH 10K X7R/50V EA 1.00
C25 106-04330-0026 CH 33PF NPO/100V EA 1.00
C26 106-04330-0026 CH 33PF NPO/100V EA 1.00
C27 106-04104-0047 CH 100KX7R/50V EA 1.00
C28 106-04104-0047 CH 100KX7R/50V EA 1.00
C32 106-04104-0047 CH 100KX7R/50V EA 1.00
C33 106-04104-0047 CH 100KX7R/50V EA 1.00
C34 106-04104-0047 CH 100KX7R/50V EA 1.00
C35 106-04103-0047 CH 10K X7R/50V EA 1.00
C36 106-04103-0047 CH 10K X7R/50V EA 1.00
C37 111-00002-0003 CAP CR .22UF 200V EA 1.00
C38 106-04104-0047 CH 100KX7R/50V EA 1.00
C39 106-04104-0047 CH 100KX7R/50V EA 1.00
C40 106-04104-0047 CH 100KX7R/50V EA 1.00
C43 106-04104-0047 CH 100KX7R/50V EA 1.00
C44 106-04104-0047 CH 100KX7R/50V EA 1.00
C46 106-04104-0047 CH 100KX7R/50V EA 1.00
C47 096-01082-0050 CAP TN 4.7UF 50V EA 1.00
C49 097-00218-0004 CAP EL 330UF 50V EA 1.00
C50 106-04104-0047 CH 100KX7R/50V EA 1.00
C51 106-04104-0047 CH 100KX7R/50V EA 1.00
C52 096-01186-0030 CAP 1UF 35V 10% EA 1.00
C53 096-01186-0030 CAP 1UF 35V 10% EA 1.00
C54 096-01186-0030 CAP 1UF 35V 10% EA 1.00
C55 096-01186-0030 CAP 1UF 35V 10% EA 1.00
C56 096-01082-0050 CAP TN 4.7UF 50V EA 1.00
C57 097-00218-0004 CAP EL 330UF 50V EA 1.00
C58 097-00218-0004 CAP EL 330UF 50V EA 1.00
C59 097-00218-0004 CAP EL 330UF 50V EA 1.00
C6 106-04104-0047 CH 100KX7R/50V EA 1.00
C60 106-04104-0047 CH 100KX7R/50V EA 1.00
C61 106-04104-0047 CH 100KX7R/50V EA 1.00
C62 106-04104-0047 CH 100KX7R/50V EA 1.00
Page 10039
006-15536-0006 Rev. 6 34-42-10 Feb/2006
N
PN DESCRIPTION REV
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
C63 106-04153-0057 CAP CH 15KX7R/100V EA 1.00
C64 106-04104-0047 CH 100KX7R/50V EA 1.00
C65 106-04103-0047 CH 10K X7R/50V EA 1.00
C66 097-00217-0008 CAP AL/0 68UF 20V EA 1.00
C67 106-04104-0047 CH 100KX7R/50V EA 1.00
C68 106-04104-0047 CH 100KX7R/50V EA 1.00
C69 106-04104-0047 CH 100KX7R/50V EA 1.00
C7 106-04104-0047 CH 100KX7R/50V EA 1.00
C70 096-01186-0030 CAP 1UF 35V 10% EA 1.00
C73 096-01082-0038 CAP TN 100UF 15V EA 1.00
C74 097-00218-0004 CAP EL 330UF 50V EA 1.00
C75 106-04820-0026 CAP CH82PFNPO/100V EA 1.00
C76 106-04152-0016 CAPCH1500PFNPO/50V EA 1.00
C77 106-04104-0047 CH 100KX7R/50V EA 1.00
C78 106-04104-0047 CH 100KX7R/50V EA 1.00
C79 106-04104-0047 CH 100KX7R/50V EA 1.00
C8 106-04104-0047 CH 100KX7R/50V EA 1.00
C80 097-00217-0008 CAP AL/0 68UF 20V EA 1.00
C82 097-00217-0008 CAP AL/0 68UF 20V EA 1.00
C83 111-02224-0062 CAP MC220KPF50V20% EA 1.00
C84 096-01186-0011 CAP 47UF 10V 10% EA 1.00
C85 097-00217-0008 CAP AL/0 68UF 20V EA 1.00
C86 097-00217-0013 CAP EL 220UF 10V EA 1.00
C87 097-00217-0013 CAP EL 220UF 10V EA 1.00
C88 097-00217-0013 CAP EL 220UF 10V EA 1.00
C89 097-00218-0004 CAP EL 330UF 50V EA 1.00
C9 106-04330-0026 CH 33PF NPO/100V EA 1.00
C90 106-04104-0047 CH 100KX7R/50V EA 1.00
C91 106-04104-0047 CH 100KX7R/50V EA 1.00
C92 106-04104-0047 CH 100KX7R/50V EA 1.00
C93 096-01082-0050 CAP TN 4.7UF 50V EA 1.00
C95 106-04104-0047 CH 100KX7R/50V EA 1.00
C96 106-04331-0026 CAPCH330PFNPO/100V EA 1.00
C97 106-04331-0026 CAPCH330PFNPO/100V EA 1.00
C98 106-04104-0047 CH 100KX7R/50V EA 1.00
C99 096-01186-0010 CAP 15UF 10V 10% EA 1.00
CR11 007-05241-0001 TRNSRB 1500W 33V EA 1.00
CR12 007-05241-0001 TRNSRB 1500W 33V EA 1.00
CR13 007-05241-0001 TRNSRB 1500W 33V EA 1.00
CR14 007-05250-0003 BIDIRECTIONAL 33V TRANSORB 3000W,SMD EA 1.00
CR16 007-05241-0001 TRNSRB 1500W 33V EA 1.00
CR17 007-05241-0001 TRNSRB 1500W 33V EA 1.00
CR18 007-05241-0001 TRNSRB 1500W 33V EA 1.00
CR19 007-05241-0001 TRNSRB 1500W 33V EA 1.00
CR20 007-06444-0002 DIO 1A 150V SMD EA 1.00
CR21 007-05241-0001 TRNSRB 1500W 33V EA 1.00
CR22 007-05241-0001 TRNSRB 1500W 33V EA 1.00
CR23 007-05241-0001 TRNSRB 1500W 33V EA 1.00
CR24 007-06444-0002 DIO 1A 150V SMD EA 1.00
Page 10040
006-15536-0006 Rev. 6 34-42-10 Feb/2006
N
PN DESCRIPTION REV
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
CR25 007-06402-0001 SCHOTTKY 60V 3A EA 1.00
CR26 007-05117-0003 DIO Z 4..3V SOT EA 1.00
CR27 007-06444-0002 DIO 1A 150V SMD EA 1.00
CR29 007-06177-0000 SMD DIO SI MMBD914 EA 1.00
CR3 007-06396-0000 DIO SW DUAL EA 1.00
CR30 007-05239-0003 TRAN SUP P6KE6.8A EA 1.00
CR31 007-05239-0001 TRAN SUP P6KE36A EA 1.00
CR32 007-06396-0000 DIO SW DUAL EA 1.00
CR33 007-06396-0000 DIO SW DUAL EA 1.00
CR34 007-06444-0002 DIO 1A 150V SMD EA 1.00
CR35 007-06444-0002 DIO 1A 150V SMD EA 1.00
CR36 007-06444-0002 DIO 1A 150V SMD EA 1.00
CR37 134-02001-0000 VARISTOR 82V EA 1.00
CR38 007-05241-0007 TRNSRB 1500W 7V EA 1.00
CR39 007-06177-0000 SMD DIO SI MMBD914 EA 1.00
CR4 007-05117-0012 DIO Z 10V SOT EA 1.00
CR40 007-05241-0001 TRNSRB 1500W 33V EA 1.00
CR5 007-05245-0024 DIO Z 33V SMD EA 1.00
CR6 007-05241-0001 TRNSRB 1500W 33V EA 1.00
CR9 007-05239-0003 TRAN SUP P6KE6.8A EA 1.00
FL1 017-00251-0001 RFI/EMI SUPP FIL EA 1.00
J1 030-03288-0006 CONN, HDR, PLG, .05X.1 CTR, SHRD, EJCTR, 2X25 EA 1.00
J2 030-00446-0000 SSMB STRIAGHT JACK EA 1.00
J3 030-03289-0010 CONN, HDR, PLG, 2MM CTR, RA, 210 EA 1.00
J4 030-02832-0005 TRML PC HDR EA 1.00
L1 013-00186-0000 FERR CHOKE Z-MAX EA 1.00
Q1 007-00937-0000 XSTR P-CHAN HEXFET EA 1.00
Q10 007-00065-0001 XSTR 2N3906 (SOT-23) EA 1.00
Q11 007-00179-0001 XSTR SOT23 2N3904 EA 1.00
Q12 007-00065-0001 XSTR 2N3906 (SOT-23) EA 1.00
Q13 007-01061-0001 80V POWER XSTR EA 1.00
Page 10041
006-15536-0006 Rev. 6 34-42-10 Feb/2006
N
PN DESCRIPTION REV
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Q14 007-01061-0001 80V POWER XSTR EA 1.00
Q15 007-00065-0001 XSTR 2N3906 (SOT-23) EA 1.00
Q16 007-00065-0001 XSTR 2N3906 (SOT-23) EA 1.00
Q17 007-00179-0001 XSTR SOT23 2N3904 EA 1.00
Q18 007-00179-0001 XSTR SOT23 2N3904 EA 1.00
Q19 007-00469-0000 XSTR IRF530 EA 1.00
Q2 007-01023-0000 MOSFET DUAL N-CHANNEL, 60 V, SO-8 EA 1.00
Q20 007-00179-0001 XSTR SOT23 2N3904 EA 1.00
Q21 007-00179-0001 XSTR SOT23 2N3904 EA 1.00
Q22 007-00065-0001 XSTR 2N3906 (SOT-23) EA 1.00
Q3 007-00179-0001 XSTR SOT23 2N3904 EA 1.00
Q4 007-00065-0001 XSTR 2N3906 (SOT-23) EA 1.00
Q7 007-00261-0003 XSTR 2N2907A (SOT) EA 1.00
Q8 007-00179-0001 XSTR SOT23 2N3904 EA 1.00
Q9 007-00179-0001 XSTR SOT23 2N3904 EA 1.00
R10 139-01053-0000 RES CHIP 105K EW 1 EA 1.00
R100 139-01022-0003 CH RES 10.2K EW .1% EA 1.00
R101 139-02322-0003 CH RES 23.2K EW .1% EA 1.00
R102 139-01022-0003 CH RES 10.2K EW .1% EA 1.00
R103 139-02372-0003 CH RES 23.7K EW .1% EA 1.00
R104 139-06042-0003 RES CH60.4K EW0.1% EA 1.00
R105 139-01002-0003 RES CH 10.0KEW.1% EA 1.00
R106 139-03652-0003 RES CH 36.5KEW.1% EA 1.00
R107 139-01002-0003 RES CH 10.0KEW.1% EA 1.00
R108 139-01002-0003 RES CH 10.0KEW.1% EA 1.00
R109 139-07500-0000 RES CHIP 750 EW 1% EA 1.00
R11 139-01001-0000 RES CHIP 1K EW 1% EA 1.00
R110 139-07500-0000 RES CHIP 750 EW 1% EA 1.00
R111 139-00301-0040 RES CH 30.1 1W 1% EA 1.00
R112 139-00301-0040 RES CH 30.1 1W 1% EA 1.00
R113 139-00301-0040 RES CH 30.1 1W 1% EA 1.00
R114 139-00301-0040 RES CH 30.1 1W 1% EA 1.00
R115 139-04991-0000 RES CHIP 4.99KEW1% EA 1.00
R116 139-04991-0000 RES CHIP 4.99KEW1% EA 1.00
R118 139-01001-0000 RES CHIP 1K EW 1% EA 1.00
R120 139-01001-0000 RES CHIP 1K EW 1% EA 1.00
R121 139-01002-0000 RES CHIP 10K EW 1% EA 1.00
R122 139-02742-0000 RES CHIP 27.4KEW1% EA 1.00
R123 139-04531-0000 RES CH 4.53K EW 1% EA 1.00
R124 139-00221-0000 RES CH 22.1 EW 1% EA 1.00
R125 139-01301-0000 RES CH 1.30K EW 1% EA 1.00
R126 139-02432-0000 RES CH 24.3K EW 1% EA 1.00
R127 139-04990-0000 RES CH 499 EW 1% EA 1.00
R128 139-01001-0000 RES CHIP 1K EW 1% EA 1.00
R129 132-00102-0017 RES WW .24 1W 5% EA 1.00
R13 139-01001-0000 RES CHIP 1K EW 1% EA 1.00
R130 139-01002-0000 RES CHIP 10K EW 1% EA 1.00
R131 139-01002-0000 RES CHIP 10K EW 1% EA 1.00
Page 10042
006-15536-0006 Rev. 6 34-42-10 Feb/2006
N
PN DESCRIPTION REV
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R132 139-02671-0000 RES CH 2.67K EW 1% EA 1.00
R133 139-02212-0000 RES CHIP 22.1KEW1% EA 1.00
R134 139-06811-0000 RES CH 6.81K EW 1% EA 1.00
R135 139-07501-0000 RES CHIP 7.5KEW1% EA 1.00
R136 139-01001-0000 RES CHIP 1K EW 1% EA 1.00
R137 139-01001-0000 RES CHIP 1K EW 1% EA 1.00
R138 139-01001-0000 RES CHIP 1K EW 1% EA 1.00
R139 139-01001-0000 RES CHIP 1K EW 1% EA 1.00
R14 139-01822-0000 RES CHIP 18.2KEW1% EA 1.00
R140 139-02370-0000 RES CH 237 EW 1% EA 1.00
R141 139-05491-0000 RES CH 5.49K EW 1% EA 1.00
R142 139-05491-0000 RES CH 5.49K EW 1% EA 1.00
R143 139-02430-0000 RES CH 243 EW 1% EA 1.00
R145 139-04750-0000 RES CH 475 EW 1% EA 1.00
R146 139-04750-0000 RES CH 475 EW 1% EA 1.00
R147 139-04750-0000 RES CH 475 EW 1% EA 1.00
R148 139-04991-0000 RES CHIP 4.99KEW1% EA 1.00
R149 139-04991-0000 RES CHIP 4.99KEW1% EA 1.00
R15 139-02002-0000 RES CHIP 20.0KEW1% EA 1.00
R150 139-00332-0000 RES CH 33.2 EW 1% EA 1.00
R151 139-01001-0000 RES CHIP 1K EW 1% EA 1.00
R152 139-01002-0000 RES CHIP 10K EW 1% EA 1.00
R153 139-04991-0000 RES CHIP 4.99KEW1% EA 1.00
R154 139-04750-0000 RES CH 475 EW 1% EA 1.00
R155 139-00000-0004 RES CH 0 EW EA 1.00
R156 139-04750-0000 RES CH 475 EW 1% EA 1.00
R157 132-00105-0012 RES WW 3.3 1.5W 5% EA 1.00
R158 139-03652-0003 RES CH 36.5KEW.1% EA 1.00
R159 139-04991-0000 RES CHIP 4.99KEW1% EA 1.00
R16 139-01822-0000 RES CHIP 18.2KEW1% EA 1.00
R160 139-04991-0000 RES CHIP 4.99KEW1% EA 1.00
R161 139-00332-0000 RES CH 33.2 EW 1% EA 1.00
R164 139-04990-0000 RES CH 499 EW 1% EA 1.00
R165 139-04991-0000 RES CHIP 4.99KEW1% EA 1.00
R166 139-03321-0000 RES CHIP 3.32K EW EA 1.00
R167 139-01000-0000 RES CHIP 100 EW 1% EA 1.00
R168 139-01000-0000 RES CHIP 100 EW 1% EA 1.00
R169 139-01000-0000 RES CHIP 100 EW 1% EA 1.00
R17 139-02002-0000 RES CHIP 20.0KEW1% EA 1.00
R170 139-04752-0000 RES CH 47.5K EW 1% EA 1.00
R171 139-02212-0000 RES CHIP 22.1KEW1% EA 1.00
R172 139-02212-0000 RES CHIP 22.1KEW1% EA 1.00
R173 139-01002-0000 RES CHIP 10K EW 1% EA 1.00
R174 139-07502-0000 RES CHIP 75KEW1% EA 1.00
R175 139-08872-0000 RES CH 88.7K EW 1% EA 1.00
R176 139-03013-0000 RES CHIP 301K EW1% EA 1.00
R179 139-01002-0003 RES CH 10.0KEW.1% EA 1.00
R18 139-01822-0000 RES CHIP 18.2KEW1% EA 1.00
R180 139-01002-0003 RES CH 10.0KEW.1% EA 1.00
R181 139-05762-0003 RES CH 57.6K EW.1% EA 1.00
Page 10043
006-15536-0006 Rev. 6 34-42-10 Feb/2006
N
PN DESCRIPTION REV
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R182 139-05762-0003 RES CH 57.6K EW.1% EA 1.00
R183 139-07500-0000 RES CHIP 750 EW 1% EA 1.00
R184 139-01001-0000 RES CHIP 1K EW 1% EA 1.00
R185 139-00301-0040 RES CH 30.1 1W 1% EA 1.00
R186 139-00301-0040 RES CH 30.1 1W 1% EA 1.00
R19 139-02002-0000 RES CHIP 20.0KEW1% EA 1.00
R191 139-03322-0000 RES CH 33.2K EW 1% EA 1.00
R194 139-01002-0000 RES CHIP 10K EW 1% EA 1.00
R195 139-04532-0000 RES CH 45.3K EW 1% EA 1.00
R196 139-01212-0000 RES CHIP 12.1K1%EW EA 1.00
R20 139-02002-0000 RES CHIP 20.0KEW1% EA 1.00
R21 139-01822-0000 RES CHIP 18.2KEW1% EA 1.00
R22 139-00301-0040 RES CH 30.1 1W 1% EA 1.00
R23 132-00105-0012 RES WW 3.3 1.5W 5% EA 1.00
R24 139-00301-0040 RES CH 30.1 1W 1% EA 1.00
R29 139-01621-0000 RES CH 1.62K EW 1% EA 1.00
R31 139-01002-0000 RES CHIP 10K EW 1% EA 1.00
R33 139-02492-0000 RES CH 24.9K EW 1% EA 1.00
R36 139-03321-0000 RES CHIP 3.32K EW EA 1.00
R41 139-04991-0000 RES CHIP 4.99KEW1% EA 1.00
R42 139-01241-0000 RES CHIP 1.24KEW1% EA 1.00
R43 139-07502-0000 RES CHIP 75KEW1% EA 1.00
R44 139-03013-0000 RES CHIP 301K EW1% EA 1.00
R45 139-01002-0000 RES CHIP 10K EW 1% EA 1.00
R46 139-04991-0000 RES CHIP 4.99KEW1% EA 1.00
R47 139-01002-0000 RES CHIP 10K EW 1% EA 1.00
R48 139-01002-0000 RES CHIP 10K EW 1% EA 1.00
R49 139-04991-0000 RES CHIP 4.99KEW1% EA 1.00
R50 139-04991-0000 RES CHIP 4.99KEW1% EA 1.00
R51 139-07500-0000 RES CHIP 750 EW 1% EA 1.00
R52 139-04420-0000 RES CH 442 EW 1% EA 1.00
R58 139-02802-0000 RES CH 28K EW 1% EA 1.00
R63 139-01002-0000 RES CHIP 10K EW 1% EA 1.00
R64 139-01002-0000 RES CHIP 10K EW 1% EA 1.00
R66 139-04021-0000 RES CH 4.02K EW 1% EA 1.00
R68 139-07502-0000 RES CHIP 75KEW1% EA 1.00
R69 139-03013-0000 RES CHIP 301K EW1% EA 1.00
R7 139-01001-0000 RES CHIP 1K EW 1% EA 1.00
R70 139-01002-0000 RES CHIP 10K EW 1% EA 1.00
R71 139-01002-0000 RES CHIP 10K EW 1% EA 1.00
R72 139-01002-0000 RES CHIP 10K EW 1% EA 1.00
R73 139-04991-0000 RES CHIP 4.99KEW1% EA 1.00
R74 139-04992-0000 RES CH 49.9K EW 1% EA 1.00
R75 139-01003-0000 RES CHIP 100KEW1% EA 1.00
R76 139-01002-0000 RES CHIP 10K EW 1% EA 1.00
R77 132-00105-0012 RES WW 3.3 1.5W 5% EA 1.00
R78 132-00105-0012 RES WW 3.3 1.5W 5% EA 1.00
R79 132-00105-0012 RES WW 3.3 1.5W 5% EA 1.00
R8 139-01001-0000 RES CHIP 1K EW 1% EA 1.00
R80 132-00105-0012 RES WW 3.3 1.5W 5% EA 1.00
Page 10044
006-15536-0006 Rev. 6 34-42-10 Feb/2006
N
PN DESCRIPTION REV
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R81 132-00105-0012 RES WW 3.3 1.5W 5% EA 1.00
R82 132-00105-0012 RES WW 3.3 1.5W 5% EA 1.00
R83 132-00105-0012 RES WW 3.3 1.5W 5% EA 1.00
R84 132-00105-0012 RES WW 3.3 1.5W 5% EA 1.00
R85 132-00105-0012 RES WW 3.3 1.5W 5% EA 1.00
R86 139-04991-0000 RES CHIP 4.99KEW1% EA 1.00
R87 139-02001-0000 RES CHIP 2K EW 1% EA 1.00
R88 139-04991-0000 RES CHIP 4.99KEW1% EA 1.00
R89 139-04991-0000 RES CHIP 4.99KEW1% EA 1.00
R9 139-04751-0000 RES CH 4.75K EW 1% EA 1.00
R90 139-04991-0000 RES CHIP 4.99KEW1% EA 1.00
R91 139-01012-0003 RES CH 10.1K EW 0.1% EA 1.00
R92 139-05832-0003 RES CH 58.3K EW 0.1% EA 1.00
R93 139-01241-0000 RES CHIP 1.24KEW1% EA 1.00
R94 139-04992-0000 RES CH 49.9K EW 1% EA 1.00
R95 139-01002-0000 RES CHIP 10K EW 1% EA 1.00
R96 139-01002-0000 RES CHIP 10K EW 1% EA 1.00
R97 132-00105-0012 RES WW 3.3 1.5W 5% EA 1.00
R98 139-04991-0000 RES CHIP 4.99KEW1% EA 1.00
R99 139-04991-0000 RES CHIP 4.99KEW1% EA 1.00
REF1 300-09033-0200 POWER SUPPLY/LOGIC BOARD RF .00
REF2 002-09033-0200 POWER SUPPLY/LOGIC BOARD RF .00
REF3 192-09033-0099 KRA 405B COMMON LOGIC CCA RF .00
RT1 134-01069-0001 POLYSWITCH 0-65A EA 1.00
RT2 134-01069-0001 POLYSWITCH 0-65A EA 1.00
SK5 033-00224-0003 SKT PLCC SM 32 PIN EA 1.00
T1 019-02762-0000 COM MODE CHK 168MH EA 1.00
T2 019-07274-0000 FLYBACK TRANSFORMR EA 1.00
TP1 008-00309-0000 TEST POINT SURF MNT EA 1.00
U10 120-03651-0001 QUAD 45 MHZ OP AMP EA 1.00
U11 120-02428-0000 MC 68HC11 UPROCU EA 1.00
Page 10045
006-15536-0006 Rev. 6 34-42-10 Feb/2006
N
PN DESCRIPTION REV
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
U12 120-02429-0001 IC PROG GATE ARRY EA 1.00
U13 120-03660-0001 LOW OFFSET DUAL EA 1.00
U14 120-03174-0013 OP AMP BI FET SO EA 1.00
U15 120-03497-0000 RS232 DRIVER/RECEIVER EA 1.00
U18 120-03430-0000 IC 2843 EA 1.00
U19 120-02452-0000 RESET/WTCHDG CNTL EA 1.00
U20 120-03634-0000 AD7245AAR EA 1.00
U22 122-30127-9999 PLACE HOLDER, KRA405B RF .00
U23 120-03262-0024 79M15VDT -15V SO EA 1.00
U24 120-03127-0011 IC LM2903 SO PKG EA 1.00
U25 120-03115-0007 LM317M DPAK EA 1.00
U26 120-03026-0080 78M05 DPAK VLT REG EA 1.00
U27 120-03648-0001 LM337LM 3 TERMINAL NEG ADJ EA 1.00
U28 53001233-1 2K X 8 NON VOLATILE SRAM, 28P 350MIL SOIC EA 1.00
U3 123-00244-0003 74HC244 SO PKG EA 1.00
U30 120-03633-0000 QUAD 12 BIT DAC, DAC-8413 EA 1.00
U31 120-03660-0001 LOW OFFSET DUAL EA 1.00
U4 120-03599-0000 SP720 ESD ARRAY EA 1.00
U9 120-03656-0001 DUAL HIGH SPEED TTL COMPARATOR EA 1.00
Y1 044-00309-0006 41.4 OSC EA 1.00
Y2 044-00309-0007 8.00MHZ OSC SMT EA 1.00
009-09033-0201 POWER SUPPLY/LOGIC BOARD EA 1.00
016-01040-0000 COATING TYPE AR AR 1.00
016-01082-0000 DC RTV 3145 AR 1.00
057-03231-0004 BDX-26147-0004 EA 1.00
057-05144-0000 ESD TAG EXTR CARD EA 1.00
076-02944-0001 SPACER EA 6.00
089-02140-0000 NUT LOCK 4-40 EA 2.00
089-05903-0006 SCR PHP 4-40X3/8 EA 2.00
091-00286-0002 INSUL XSTR .687 EA 2.00
091-00480-0071 FLG BUSHING .116 (BENDIX) EA 2.00
126-00130-0002 KRA405B LOGIC FIRMWARE EA 1.00
PN DESCRIPTION REV
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
126-00130-0002 KRA405B LOGIC FIRMWARE A
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
U22 122-30127-0002 KRA405B LOGIC FPGA EA 1.00
Page 10046
006-15536-0006 Rev. 6 34-42-10 Feb/2006
N

Page 10047/10048
006-15536-0006 Rev. 6 34-42-10 Feb/2006
N

Page 10049/10050
006-15536-0006 Rev. 6 34-42-10 Feb/2006
N

Page 10051/10052
006-15536-0006 Rev. 6 34-42-10 Feb/2006
N

Page 10053/10054
006-15536-0006 Rev. 6 34-42-10 Feb/2006
N
Figure 10009 RF Board Assembly Drawing (-9900)

(Dwg No 300-09034-9900, Rev B)
Page 10055/10056
006-15536-0006 Rev. 6 34-42-10 Feb/2006
N
PN DESCRIPTION REV
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
200-09034-0000 RF BOARD AD
200-09034-0010 RF BOARD KRA 405B G
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
AT1 137-00037-0000 ATTENUATOR, MMIC EA . 1.00
AT2 015-00264-0001 4.2-4.4 GHZ ISOLATOR, 2W EA 1.00 1.00
AT3 137-00037-0000 ATTENUATOR, MMIC EA 1.00 .
C1 106-08003-6806 CH CAP ULTRA LOW ESR, H Q, RF, 250V 6.8PF J EA . 1.00
C10 096-01186-0003 CAP 2.2UF 6V 10% EA . 1.00
C100 106-00116-0028 CAP CHIP PORCELAIN EA 1.00 .
C105 106-05102-0016 CAP CH 1K NPO/50V EA 1.00 .
C106 106-05681-0016 CAP CH680PFNPO/50V EA 1.00 .
C107 106-05681-0016 CAP CH680PFNPO/50V EA 1.00 .
C11 106-04104-0046 CAP CH.1UFX7R50V EA . 1.00
C118 106-04104-0046 CAP CH.1UFX7R50V EA 1.00 .
C119 106-04104-0046 CAP CH.1UFX7R50V EA 1.00 .
C12 106-05100-0026 CAP CH10PFNPO/100V EA . 1.00
C120 106-04104-0046 CAP CH.1UFX7R50V EA 1.00 .
C121 106-04104-0046 CAP CH.1UFX7R50V EA 1.00 .
C124 106-05102-0016 CAP CH 1K NPO/50V EA 1.00 .
C127 106-04104-0046 CAP CH.1UFX7R50V EA 1.00 .
C128 106-04104-0046 CAP CH.1UFX7R50V EA 1.00 .
C129 106-04104-0046 CAP CH.1UFX7R50V EA 1.00 .
C130 106-04104-0046 CAP CH.1UFX7R50V EA 1.00 .
C131 106-04104-0046 CAP CH.1UFX7R50V EA 1.00 .
C132 106-04104-0046 CAP CH.1UFX7R50V EA 1.00 .
C133 106-04104-0046 CAP CH.1UFX7R50V EA 1.00 .
C134 106-04104-0046 CAP CH.1UFX7R50V EA 1.00 .
C136 106-04104-0046 CAP CH.1UFX7R50V EA 1.00 .
C138 106-05102-0016 CAP CH 1K NPO/50V EA 1.00 .
C139 106-04104-0046 CAP CH.1UFX7R50V EA 1.00 .
C140 106-04104-0046 CAP CH.1UFX7R50V EA 1.00 .
C142 106-05102-0016 CAP CH 1K NPO/50V EA 1.00 .
C15 106-05100-0026 CAP CH10PFNPO/100V EA . 1.00
C150 106-05102-0016 CAP CH 1K NPO/50V EA 1.00 .
Page 10057
006-15536-0006 Rev. 6 34-42-10 Feb/2006
N
PN DESCRIPTION REV
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
200-09034-0000 RF BOARD AD
200-09034-0010 RF BOARD KRA 405B G
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
C153 106-04104-0046 CAP CH.1UFX7R50V EA 1.00 .
C154 106-04104-0046 CAP CH.1UFX7R50V EA 1.00 .
C156 096-01186-0017 CAP 2.2UF 20V 10% EA 1.00 .
C16 106-05274-0037 CAP CER CH 0805 .27UF 10% X7R 25V EA . 1.00
C160 106-04104-0046 CAP CH.1UFX7R50V EA 1.00 .
C161 096-01186-0016 CAP .68UF 20V 10% EA 1.00 .
C162 096-01186-0016 CAP .68UF 20V 10% EA 1.00 .
C163 096-01186-0019 CAP 22UF 20V 10% EA 1.00 .
C164 096-01186-0019 CAP 22UF 20V 10% EA 1.00 .
C165 096-01186-0019 CAP 22UF 20V 10% EA 1.00 .
C166 096-01186-0019 CAP 22UF 20V 10% EA 1.00 .
C167 096-01186-0027 CAP .33UF 35V 10% EA 1.00 .
C168 106-05103-1047 CAP CH .01UF K X7R/50V 0603 EA 1.00 .
C169 106-05103-1047 CAP CH .01UF K X7R/50V 0603 EA 1.00 .
C17 106-05153-0046 CAP CH15KPFX7R/50V EA . 1.00
C172 096-01186-0019 CAP 22UF 20V 10% EA 1.00 .
C173 096-01186-0019 CAP 22UF 20V 10% EA 1.00 .
C174 106-04104-0046 CAP CH.1UFX7R50V EA .00 .
C175 106-04391-0026 CH 390PF NPO/100V EA 1.00 .
C18 106-04104-0046 CAP CH.1UFX7R50V EA . 1.00
C2 106-04154-0047 CH 150K X7R/50V EA . 1.00
C20 106-05100-0026 CAP CH10PFNPO/100V EA . 1.00
C21 106-04104-0046 CAP CH.1UFX7R50V EA . 1.00
C24 53000225-16 CAP CH 1206 2.2 UF 10% 10 V X7R EA . 1.00
C25 106-05223-0047 CAP CH 22K X7R/50V EA . 1.00
C26 106-04225-0097 CAP CH CER 2.2UF K 16V X5R 1206 EA . 1.00
C27 106-08003-2401 CH CAP ULTRA LOW ESR, H Q, RF, 250 V, 2.4 PF B EA . 1.00
C28 106-08003-0600 CH CAP, ULTRA LOW ESR, H Q, RF, 250V, .6 PF +/-.05PF EA . 1.00
C29 096-01186-0027 CAP .33UF 35V 10% EA . 1.00
C3 096-01186-0026 CAP .22UF 35V 10% EA . 1.00
C31 106-05102-0016 CAP CH 1K NPO/50V EA 1.00 .
C32 106-05102-0016 CAP CH 1K NPO/50V EA 1.00 .
C34 097-07000-2715 CAP AL LOW ESR SMT 220UF 10V EA . 1.00
C34 106-05102-0016 CAP CH 1K NPO/50V EA 1.00 .
C35 106-05102-0016 CAP CH 1K NPO/50V EA 1.00 .
C36 097-07000-3207 CAP AL LOW ESR SMT 22UF 16V EA . 1.00
Page 10058
006-15536-0006 Rev. 6 34-42-10 Feb/2006
N
PN DESCRIPTION REV
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
200-09034-0000 RF BOARD AD
200-09034-0010 RF BOARD KRA 405B G
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
C36 106-05102-0016 CAP CH 1K NPO/50V EA 1.00 .
C39 106-05102-0016 CAP CH 1K NPO/50V EA 1.00 .
C4 106-05201-0026 CAP CH200PFNPO100V EA . 1.00
C43 106-08003-1026 CH CAP, ULTRA LOW ESR, H Q, RF, 250V, 100 PF J EA . 1.00
C44 106-04104-0046 CAP CH.1UFX7R50V EA 1.00 .
C45 106-04104-0046 CAP CH.1UFX7R50V EA 1.00 .
C45 106-05331-0026 CAP CH330PFNPO/100 EA . 1.00
C46 096-01186-0026 CAP .22UF 35V 10% EA 1.00 .
C46 106-05331-0026 CAP CH330PFNPO/100 EA . 1.00
C47 106-05101-0026 CAPCH100PFNPO/100V EA . 1.00
C48 106-04104-0046 CAP CH.1UFX7R50V EA 1.00 .
C5 097-07000-3715 CAP, AL, SMT, LOW ESR, 220 uF M, 16 V EA . 1.00
C50 106-04104-0046 CAP CH.1UFX7R50V EA 1.00 .
C50 106-08003-0500 CH CAP, ULTRA LOW ESR, H Q, RF, 250V, .5 PF +/- .05 EA . 1.00
C51 106-05102-0026 CAP CH 1K NPO/100V EA . 1.00
C52 106-04104-0046 CAP CH.1UFX7R50V EA 1.00 .
C54 106-04104-0046 CAP CH.1UFX7R50V EA 1.00 .
C55 106-04104-0046 CAP CH.1UFX7R50V EA 1.00 .
C55 106-08003-0500 CH CAP, ULTRA LOW ESR, H Q, RF, 250V, .5 PF +/- .05 EA . 1.00
C56 106-04104-0046 CAP CH.1UFX7R50V EA 1.00 .
C6 096-01186-0003 CAP 2.2UF 6V 10% EA . 1.00
C60 106-04104-0046 CAP CH.1UFX7R50V EA 1.00 .
C62 097-07000-4309 CAP AL LOW ESR SMT 33 UF 25V EA . 1.00
C62 106-04104-0046 CAP CH.1UFX7R50V EA 1.00 .
C63 096-01186-0012 CAP 1.0UF 16V 10% EA . 1.00
C64 106-04104-0046 CAP CH.1UFX7R50V EA 1.00 .
C65 106-05101-0026 CAPCH100PFNPO/100V EA . 1.00
C66 106-05102-0016 CAP CH 1K NPO/50V EA 1.00 .
C66 106-05159-1029 CAP CH 1.5PFNP0100V EA . 1.00
C68 106-05102-0016 CAP CH 1K NPO/50V EA 1.00 .
C69 106-05681-0016 CAP CH680PFNPO/50V EA . 1.00
C7 097-07000-3715 CAP, AL, SMT, LOW ESR, 220 uF M, 16 V EA . 1.00
Page 10059
006-15536-0006 Rev. 6 34-42-10 Feb/2006
N
PN DESCRIPTION REV
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
200-09034-0000 RF BOARD AD
200-09034-0010 RF BOARD KRA 405B G
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
C70 106-05102-0016 CAP CH 1K NPO/50V EA 1.00 .
C71 106-05102-0026 CAP CH 1K NPO/100V EA . 1.00
C72 106-04104-0046 CAP CH.1UFX7R50V EA 1.00 .
C74 106-04104-0046 CAP CH.1UFX7R50V EA 1.00 .
C75 106-05681-0016 CAP CH680PFNPO/50V EA . 1.00
C76 106-04104-0046 CAP CH.1UFX7R50V EA 1.00 .
C78 106-05102-0016 CAP CH 1K NPO/50V EA 1.00 .
C8 096-01186-0016 CAP .68UF 20V 10% EA . 1.00
C80 106-05102-0026 CAP CH 1K NPO/100V EA . 1.00
C82 106-08003-0600 CH CAP, ULTRA LOW ESR, H Q, RF, 250V, .6 PF +/-.05PF EA . 1.00
C9 106-05100-0026 CAP CH10PFNPO/100V EA . 1.00
CR1 007-05249-0001 3.6V DUAL COMMON ANODE EA . 1.00
CR1 007-06188-0000 DIO HOT CARRIER EA 1.00 .
CR10 007-06184-0000 DIO DUAL SWITCHING EA . 1.00
CR11 007-06598-0002 DIO MICROWAVE SCHOTTKY DETECTOR, SOT323 EA . 1.00
CR12 007-05249-0001 3.6V DUAL COMMON ANODE EA . 1.00
CR2 007-05249-0001 3.6V DUAL COMMON ANODE EA 1.00 1.00
CR3 007-05249-0001 3.6V DUAL COMMON ANODE EA 1.00 1.00
CR4 007-05249-0001 3.6V DUAL COMMON ANODE EA 1.00 .
Page 10060
006-15536-0006 Rev. 6 34-42-10 Feb/2006
N
PN DESCRIPTION REV
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
200-09034-0000 RF BOARD AD
200-09034-0010 RF BOARD KRA 405B G
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
CR6 007-06396-0000 DIO SW DUAL EA . 1.00
J1 030-03209-1010 HDR 2MM SM 2X10 EA 1.00 1.00
L1 019-02723-0048 CHIP INDUCTOR EA . 1.00
MX1 53000293-1 RF FREQ. MIXER LEVEL 10-LD (2.8-5.9 GHZ) EA . 1.00
Q1 007-01023-0000 MOSFET DUAL N-CHANNEL, 60 V, SO-8 EA . 1.00
Q10 007-01054-0001 MEDIUM POWER GAAS FET EA 1.00 .
Q11 007-00261-0003 XSTR 2N2907A (SOT) EA 1.00 .
Q12 007-00261-0003 XSTR 2N2907A (SOT) EA 1.00 .
Q13 007-01039-0000 GAAS FET, LOW NOISE EA 1.00 .
Q15 007-01023-0000 MOSFET DUAL N-CHANNEL, 60 V, SO-8 EA 1.00 .
Q3 007-00261-0003 XSTR 2N2907A (SOT) EA 1.00 .
Q3 007-07013-0001 PNP, -12 VCBO,SI, PWR, SW, TRANSISTOR (SOT23) EA . 1.00
Q4 007-01314-0001 0.05-6.0 GHZ, .5 WATT, GAAS HFET, SMT EA . 1.00
Q5 007-00261-0003 XSTR 2N2907A (SOT) EA 1.00 .
Q5 007-01314-0001 0.05-6.0 GHZ, .5 WATT, GAAS HFET, SMT EA . 1.00
Q7 007-00261-0003 XSTR 2N2907A (SOT) EA 1.00 .
Q9 007-01053-0001 TRANSISTOR ATF-21170 EA 1.00 .
R1 139-02151-0000 RES CH 2.15K EW 1% EA . 1.00
R10 139-01502-0010 RES CH 15 K .1W 1% EA . 1.00
R100 139-00100-0000 RES CHIP 10 EW 1% EA . 1.00
R101 139-00000-0004 RES CH 0 EW EA 1.00 .
R101 139-00100-0000 RES CHIP 10 EW 1% EA . 1.00
R102 139-00100-0000 RES CHIP 10 EW 1% EA . 1.00
R103 139-00000-0004 RES CH 0 EW EA 1.00 .
R103 139-00100-0000 RES CHIP 10 EW 1% EA . 1.00
R104 139-01650-0050 RES CH 165 1% 1/16W 0603 EA . 1.00
R105 139-00000-0004 RES CH 0 EW EA 1.00 .
R105 139-01650-0050 RES CH 165 1% 1/16W 0603 EA . 1.00
R106 139-00000-0004 RES CH 0 EW EA 1.00 .
R106 139-00332-0050 RES CH 33.2 .062W EA . 1.00
R107 139-00000-0004 RES CH 0 EW EA 1.00 .
R107 139-02370-0000 RES CH 237 EW 1% EA . 1.00
R108 139-00000-0004 RES CH 0 EW EA 1.00 .
R108 139-01471-0000 RES CH 1.47K EW 1% EA . 1.00
R109 139-02550-0000 RES CH 255 EW 1% EA . 1.00
R109 139-07502-0000 RES CHIP 75KEW1% EA 1.00 .
R11 139-02000-0010 RES CH 200 OHMS 1% TW EA . 1.00
Page 10061
006-15536-0006 Rev. 6 34-42-10 Feb/2006
N
PN DESCRIPTION REV
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
200-09034-0000 RF BOARD AD
200-09034-0010 RF BOARD KRA 405B G
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R110 139-01371-0000 RES CH 1.37K EW 1% EA . 1.00
R110 139-07502-0000 RES CHIP 75KEW1% EA 1.00 .
R111 139-07502-0010 RES CH 75.0K TW 1% EA . 1.00
R113 139-00000-0054 RES CHIP 0.0 OHM, 1/16W EA . 1.00
R115 139-01000-0050 RES CH 100 .062W 1% EA . 1.00
R116 139-00100-0000 RES CHIP 10 EW 1% EA . 1.00
R117 139-00100-0000 RES CHIP 10 EW 1% EA . 1.00
R118 139-00100-0000 RES CHIP 10 EW 1% EA . 1.00
R118 139-00499-0000 RES CH 49.9 EW 1% EA 1.00 .
R119 139-00100-0000 RES CHIP 10 EW 1% EA . 1.00
R119 139-01581-0000 RES CH 1.58K EW 1% EA 1.00 .
R12 139-01501-0010 RES CH 1500 .1W 1% EA . 1.00
R120 139-01581-0000 RES CH 1.58K EW 1% EA 1.00 .
R120 139-02001-0010 RES CH 2.00K TW 1% EA . 1.00
R121 139-01740-0000 RES 174 EW 1% EA 1.00 .
R121 139-02001-0010 RES CH 2.00K TW 1% EA . 1.00
R122 139-00000-0014 CKT JUMPER 0805 EA . 1.00
R122 139-01740-0000 RES 174 EW 1% EA 1.00 .
R123 139-00267-0050 RES CH 26.7 1% 1/16W 0603 EA . 1.00
R123 139-00309-0000 RES CH 30.9 EW 1% EA 1.00 .
R124 139-02000-0050 RES CH 200 SW 1% EA . 1.00
R124 139-02940-0000 RES CH 294 EW 1% EA 1.00 .
R125 139-01210-0000 RES CH 121 EW 1% EA 1.00 .
R125 139-02000-0050 RES CH 200 SW 1% EA . 1.00
R126 139-01210-0000 RES CH 121 EW 1% EA 1.00 .
R126 139-01741-0010 RES CH 1.74K TW 1% EA . 1.00
R127 139-00000-0014 CKT JUMPER 0805 EA . 1.00
R127 139-00698-0000 RES CH 69.8 EW 1% EA 1.00 .
R128 139-00000-0014 CKT JUMPER 0805 EA . 1.00
R128 139-02940-0000 RES CH 294 EW 1% EA 1.00 .
R129 139-02940-0000 RES CH 294 EW 1% EA 1.00 .
R13 139-01501-0010 RES CH 1500 .1W 1% EA . 1.00
R130 139-00562-0000 RES CH 56.2 EW 1% EA 1.00 .
R131 139-00100-0010 RES CH 10 OHMS 1% TW EA . 1.00
R131 139-01100-0000 RES CH 110 EW 1% EA 1.00 .
R132 139-00499-0050 RES CH 0603 49.9 OHM 1% EA . 1.00
R132 139-01100-0000 RES CH 110 EW 1% EA 1.00 .
R133 139-00499-0010 RES CH 49.9 .1W 1% EA . 1.00
R134 139-00499-0010 RES CH 49.9 .1W 1% EA . 1.00
R135 139-01000-0050 RES CH 100 .062W 1% EA . 1.00
R136 139-01150-0050 RES CH 115 F 0603 EA . 1.00
R136 139-02000-0000 RES CH 200 EW 1% EA 1.00 .
R137 139-00536-0050 RES CH 53.6 0603 EA . 1.00
R138 139-00499-0000 RES CH 49.9 EW 1% EA 1.00 .
R138 139-01150-0050 RES CH 115 F 0603 EA . 1.00
R139 139-00499-0000 RES CH 49.9 EW 1% EA 1.00 .
R14 139-03010-0050 RES CH 301 .062W 1% EA . 1.00
R140 139-01331-0000 RES CH 1.33K EW 1% EA 1.00 .
R141 139-01331-0000 RES CH 1.33K EW 1% EA 1.00 .
Page 10062
006-15536-0006 Rev. 6 34-42-10 Feb/2006
N
PN DESCRIPTION REV
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
200-09034-0000 RF BOARD AD
200-09034-0010 RF BOARD KRA 405B G
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R142 139-00499-0000 RES CH 49.9 EW 1% EA 1.00 .
R143 139-04220-0000 RES CHIP 422 OHM 1% EA 1.00 .
R144 139-04220-0000 RES CHIP 422 OHM 1% EA 1.00 .
R145 139-02210-0000 RES CH 221 EW 1% EA 1.00 .
R146 139-02210-0000 RES CH 221 EW 1% EA 1.00 .
R147 139-00121-0000 RES CH 12.1 EW 1% EA 1.00 .
R148 139-00249-0000 RES CH 24.9 EW 1% EA 1.00 .
R149 139-02151-0000 RES CH 2.15K EW 1% EA 1.00 .
R15 139-00165-0050 RES CH 16.5 .062W EA . 1.00
R150 139-02001-0000 RES CHIP 2K EW 1% EA 1.00 .
R151 139-01002-0010 RES CH 10K TW 1% EA . 1.00
R151 139-01241-0000 RES CHIP 1.24KEW1% EA 1.00 .
R152 139-03161-0000 RES SM 3.16K 1% EA 1.00 .
R153 139-00174-0000 RES CH 17.4 EW 1% EA 1.00 .
R16 139-00000-0004 RES CH 0 EW EA 1.00 .
R16 139-03010-0050 RES CH 301 .062W 1% EA . 1.00
R166 139-01211-0000 RES CHIP1.21KEW1% EA 1.00 .
R167 139-03571-0000 RES CHIP 3.57KEW1% EA 1.00 .
R168 139-00499-0030 RES CH 49.9 HW 1% EA 1.00 .
R169 139-20562-0040 RES CH 5.62 1W 1% EA 1.00 .
R17 139-00000-0004 RES CH 0 EW EA 1.00 .
R17 139-02151-0000 RES CH 2.15K EW 1% EA . 1.00
R170 139-00000-0004 RES CH 0 EW EA 1.00 .
R171 139-00000-0004 RES CH 0 EW EA 1.00 .
R172 139-01001-0000 RES CHIP 1K EW 1% EA 1.00 .
R173 139-01001-0000 RES CHIP 1K EW 1% EA 1.00 .
R174 139-02871-0000 RES CH 2.87K EW 1% EA 1.00 .
R175 139-01001-0000 RES CHIP 1K EW 1% EA 1.00 .
R176 139-01001-0000 RES CHIP 1K EW 1% EA 1.00 .
R177 139-00357-0020 RES CH 35.7 QW 1% EA 1.00 .
R179 139-00499-0000 RES CH 49.9 EW 1% EA 1.00 .
R18 139-00249-0010 RES CH 0805 1/10W 24.9 OHMS 1% EA . 1.00
R180 139-00357-0020 RES CH 35.7 QW 1% EA 1.00 .
R181 139-00000-0004 RES CH 0 EW EA 1.00 .
R182 139-00000-0004 RES CH 0 EW EA 1.00 .
R183 139-00000-0004 RES CH 0 EW EA 1.00 .
R187 139-02262-0000 RES CH 22.6K EW 1% EA 1.00 .
R188 139-01501-0000 RES CH 1.5K EW 1% EA 1.00 .
R189 139-01501-0000 RES CH 1.5K EW 1% EA 1.00 .
R19 139-00200-0010 RES CH 20.0 .1W 1% EA . 1.00
R191 139-02000-0000 RES CH 200 EW 1% EA 1.00 .
R192 139-02151-0000 RES CH 2.15K EW 1% EA 1.00 .
R193 139-00825-0000 RES CH 82.5 EW 1% EA 1.00 .
R194 139-00000-0004 RES CH 0 EW EA 1.00 .
R196 139-03571-0000 RES CHIP 3.57KEW1% EA 1.00 .
R197 139-00000-0004 RES CH 0 EW EA 1.00 .
R198 139-00000-0004 RES CH 0 EW EA 1.00 .
R199 139-00243-0000 RES CH 24.3 EW 1% EA 1.00 .
R2 139-00332-0000 RES CH 33.2 EW 1% EA . 1.00
Page 10063
006-15536-0006 Rev. 6 34-42-10 Feb/2006
N
PN DESCRIPTION REV
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
200-09034-0000 RF BOARD AD
200-09034-0010 RF BOARD KRA 405B G
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R20 139-00200-0010 RES CH 20.0 .1W 1% EA . 1.00
R200 139-00100-0000 RES CHIP 10 EW 1% EA 1.00 .
R201 139-02151-0000 RES CH 2.15K EW 1% EA 1.00 .
R202 139-01002-0000 RES CHIP 10K EW 1% EA 1.00 .
R203 139-01002-0000 RES CHIP 10K EW 1% EA 1.00 .
R204 139-01471-0000 RES CH 1.47K EW 1% EA 1.00 .
R205 139-00383-0000 RES CH 38.3 EW 1% EA 1.00 .
R206 139-02370-0000 RES CH 237 EW 1% EA 1.00 .
R207 139-20562-0040 RES CH 5.62 1W 1% EA 1.00 .
R208 139-00000-0004 RES CH 0 EW EA 1.00 .
R209 139-00000-0004 RES CH 0 EW EA 1.00 .
R21 139-00825-0000 RES CH 82.5 EW 1% EA 1.00 .
R22 139-04321-0010 RES CH 4.32K .1W 1% EA . 1.00
R23 139-02262-0000 RES CH 22.6K EW 1% EA . 1.00
R24 139-03010-0050 RES CH 301 .062W 1% EA . 1.00
R25 139-00000-0014 CKT JUMPER 0805 EA . 1.00
R26 139-00499-0000 RES CH 49.9 EW 1% EA 1.00 .
R27 139-00499-0000 RES CH 49.9 EW 1% EA 1.00 .
R27 139-01002-0010 RES CH 10K TW 1% EA . 1.00
R28 139-00499-0000 RES CH 49.9 EW 1% EA 1.00 .
R28 139-01002-0010 RES CH 10K TW 1% EA . 1.00
R29 139-00200-0010 RES CH 20.0 .1W 1% EA . 1.00
R3 139-00825-0000 RES CH 82.5 EW 1% EA . 1.00
R30 139-00200-0010 RES CH 20.0 .1W 1% EA . 1.00
R31 139-00000-0014 CKT JUMPER 0805 EA . 1.00
R32 139-01002-0010 RES CH 10K TW 1% EA . 1.00
R33 139-00000-0014 CKT JUMPER 0805 EA . 1.00
R34 139-01001-0010 RES CH 1000 .1W 1% EA . 1.00
R35 139-03010-0050 RES CH 301 .062W 1% EA . 1.00
R36 139-00165-0050 RES CH 16.5 .062W EA . 1.00
R37 139-03010-0050 RES CH 301 .062W 1% EA . 1.00
R38 139-01741-0010 RES CH 1.74K TW 1% EA . 1.00
R39 139-00000-0014 CKT JUMPER 0805 EA . 1.00
R4 139-06040-0000 RES CHIP 604 EW 1% EA . 1.00
R40 139-00100-0000 RES CHIP 10 EW 1% EA . 1.00
R41 139-00000-0014 CKT JUMPER 0805 EA . 1.00
R42 139-00100-0000 RES CHIP 10 EW 1% EA . 1.00
R43 139-00100-0000 RES CHIP 10 EW 1% EA . 1.00
R44 139-00100-0000 RES CHIP 10 EW 1% EA . 1.00
R45 139-04420-0000 RES CH 442 EW 1% EA . 1.00
R46 139-05491-0000 RES CH 5.49K EW 1% EA . 1.00
R47 139-05491-0000 RES CH 5.49K EW 1% EA . 1.00
R48 139-00100-0010 RES CH 10 OHMS 1% TW EA . 1.00
R5 139-02000-0010 RES CH 200 OHMS 1% TW EA . 1.00
R51 139-02001-0010 RES CH 2.00K TW 1% EA . 1.00
R52 139-02800-0010 RES CH 280 OHM 0805 TW 1% EA . 1.00
R56 139-01002-0010 RES CH 10K TW 1% EA . 1.00
R57 139-20499-0050 RES CH 4.99 OHM 1% 0603 EA . 1.00
R58 139-00100-0000 RES CHIP 10 EW 1% EA . 1.00
Page 10064
006-15536-0006 Rev. 6 34-42-10 Feb/2006
N
PN DESCRIPTION REV
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
200-09034-0000 RF BOARD AD
200-09034-0010 RF BOARD KRA 405B G
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R59 139-20499-0000 RES CH 4.99 OHM 1% 1206 EA . 1.00
R6 139-03571-0010 RES CH 3.57K TW 1% EA . 1.00
R62 139-01002-0010 RES CH 10K TW 1% EA . 1.00
R63 139-01001-0000 RES CHIP 1K EW 1% EA 1.00 .
R63 139-04752-0010 RES CH 47.5K TW 1% EA . 1.00
R64 139-02672-0010 RES CH 26.7K .1W 1% EA . 1.00
R65 139-01001-0000 RES CHIP 1K EW 1% EA 1.00 .
R65 139-03921-0010 RES CH 3.92K TW 1% EA . 1.00
R66 139-02000-0010 RES CH 200 OHMS 1% TW EA . 1.00
R67 139-01001-0000 RES CHIP 1K EW 1% EA 1.00 .
R67 139-20499-0050 RES CH 4.99 OHM 1% 0603 EA . 1.00
R69 139-00000-0014 CKT JUMPER 0805 EA . 1.00
R69 139-02871-0000 RES CH 2.87K EW 1% EA 1.00 .
R7 139-03010-0010 RES CH 301 .1W 1% EA . 1.00
R71 139-00000-0014 CKT JUMPER 0805 EA . 1.00
R72 139-04320-0010 RES CH 432 .1W 1% EA . 1.00
R73 139-03921-0010 RES CH 3.92K TW 1% EA . 1.00
R74 139-04320-0010 RES CH 432 .1W 1% EA . 1.00
R75 139-01001-0000 RES CHIP 1K EW 1% EA 1.00 .
R75 139-04320-0010 RES CH 432 .1W 1% EA . 1.00
R76 139-00100-0010 RES CH 10 OHMS 1% TW EA . 1.00
R77 139-01001-0000 RES CHIP 1K EW 1% EA 1.00 .
R77 139-02001-0010 RES CH 2.00K TW 1% EA . 1.00
R78 139-00000-0014 CKT JUMPER 0805 EA . 1.00
R79 139-00200-0010 RES CH 20.0 .1W 1% EA . 1.00
R79 139-01001-0000 RES CHIP 1K EW 1% EA 1.00 .
R8 139-01001-0010 RES CH 1000 .1W 1% EA . 1.00
R80 139-00200-0010 RES CH 20.0 .1W 1% EA . 1.00
R81 139-00357-0020 RES CH 35.7 QW 1% EA 1.00 .
R81 139-07502-0010 RES CH 75.0K TW 1% EA . 1.00
R82 139-00100-0000 RES CHIP 10 EW 1% EA . 1.00
R83 139-20499-0000 RES CH 4.99 OHM 1% 1206 EA . 1.00
R84 139-20499-0000 RES CH 4.99 OHM 1% 1206 EA . 1.00
R85 139-20499-0000 RES CH 4.99 OHM 1% 1206 EA . 1.00
R86 139-00100-0000 RES CHIP 10 EW 1% EA . 1.00
R87 139-00499-0000 RES CH 49.9 EW 1% EA 1.00 .
R87 139-20499-0000 RES CH 4.99 OHM 1% 1206 EA . 1.00
R89 139-00000-0014 CKT JUMPER 0805 EA . 1.00
R89 139-00499-0000 RES CH 49.9 EW 1% EA 1.00 .
R9 139-01001-0010 RES CH 1000 .1W 1% EA . 1.00
R90 139-00000-0014 CKT JUMPER 0805 EA . 1.00
R91 139-00499-0000 RES CH 49.9 EW 1% EA 1.00 .
R92 139-20499-0000 RES CH 4.99 OHM 1% 1206 EA . 1.00
R93 139-00100-0000 RES CHIP 10 EW 1% EA . 1.00
R93 139-00357-0020 RES CH 35.7 QW 1% EA 1.00 .
R94 139-20499-0000 RES CH 4.99 OHM 1% 1206 EA . 1.00
R95 139-20499-0000 RES CH 4.99 OHM 1% 1206 EA . 1.00
R97 139-00000-0014 CKT JUMPER 0805 EA . 1.00
R99 139-00000-0004 RES CH 0 EW EA 1.00 .
Page 10065
006-15536-0006 Rev. 6 34-42-10 Feb/2006
N
PN DESCRIPTION REV
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
200-09034-0000 RF BOARD AD
200-09034-0010 RF BOARD KRA 405B G
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R99 139-01741-0010 RES CH 1.74K TW 1% EA . 1.00
REF1 300-09034-0000 RF BOARD ASSY RF .00 .
REF2 002-09034-0000 RF BOARD KRA 405B RF .00 .
TP1 008-00096-0001 TERMINAL TEST PNT EA . 1.00
U1 120-03628-0000 LOW NOISE MMIC AMP EA . 1.00
U10 120-03628-0000 LOW NOISE MMIC AMP EA 1.00 .
U10 120-03651-0001 QUAD 45 MHZ OP AMP EA . 1.00
U11 015-00258-0000 ACTIVE MIXER/IF AMP EA 1.00 .
U11 120-13045-0001 DC-5 GHZ, CASCADABLE MMIC AMPLIFIER EA . 1.00
U12 120-03635-0000 AD797AR EA 1.00 .
U12 120-04080-0001 DC-8 GHZ DIVIDE-BY-4 PRESCALERS, SOT26 EA . 1.00
U13 120-03115-0007 LM317M DPAK EA 1.00 1.00
U14 120-03115-0007 LM317M DPAK EA . 1.00
U15 044-00394-0001 4.3 GHZ VCO EA . 1.00
U2 120-03635-0000 AD797AR EA . 1.00
U3 120-03635-0000 AD797AR EA 1.00 1.00
U4 120-03875-1050 5.0V REGULATOR EA . 1.00
U5 120-03635-0000 AD797AR EA . 1.00
U5 120-04073-0000 PRESCALER, -64/128/256 EA 1.00 .
U6 120-03635-0000 AD797AR EA . 1.00
U6 120-04072-0000 PRESCALER, -4 EA 1.00 .
U7 120-03635-0000 AD797AR EA 1.00 1.00
U8 120-03635-0000 AD797AR EA 1.00 .
U9 044-00347-0001 VCO 4.3 GHZ EA 1.00 .
U9 120-02881-0002 3.0 GHZ PRESCALER, 8 PIN SSOP EA . 1.00
002-09034-0010 RF BOARD KRA 405B RF . .00
009-09034-0000 PCBD RF BOARD EA 1.00 .
009-09034-0011 PCBD RF KRA 405B EA . 1.00
016-01144-0000 TAK PAK ADV 122-92 AR . 1.00
016-01442-0000 E-6000 CLEAR SEALANT AR . 1.00
024-05021-0003 STRAP COPPER .050 X 10.0 AR 1.00 .
024-05021-0003 STRAP COPPER .050 X 10.0 IN . 1.00
024-05021-0006 STRAP COPPER .035 X 10.0 IN . 1.00
024-05065-0000 WIRE SLD 28AWG AR . 1.00
047-11090-0001 FENCE PA EA 1.00 .
047-11090-0011 FENCE, POWER AMP KRA 405B EA . 1.00
047-11092-0001 FENCE RCVR EA 1.00 .
047-11092-0011 FENCE, RECEIVER KRA 405B EA . 1.00
047-11101-0001 FENCE, OSCILLATOR KRA 405B EA . 1.00
047-12119-0001 MTG BRKT TNC EA 1.00 .
057-03231-0004 BDX-26147-0004 EA 1.00 1.00
057-05144-0000 ESD TAG EXTR CARD EA 1.00 1.00
Page 10066
006-15536-0006 Rev. 6 34-42-10 Feb/2006
N
PN DESCRIPTION REV
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
200-09034-0000 RF BOARD AD
200-09034-0010 RF BOARD KRA 405B G
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
076-02977-0001 SPACER EA 3.00 .
076-02977-0002 SPACER EA . 4.00
089-05903-0005 SCR PHP 4-40X5/16 EA 1.00 .
091-00009-0000 GROMMET RUBBER EA 1.00 1.00
155-02831-0000 SSMB CABLE ASSY EA 1.00 1.00
155-02881-0001 XMTR CABLE ASSY EA 1.00 .
155-02881-0002 RCVR CABLE ASSY EA 1.00 .
155-02881-0004 CABLE ASSY,COAX, SEMI-RIGID, XMTR EA . 1.00
155-02881-0006 CABLE ASSY, COAX, SEMI RIGID, XMTR EA . 1.00
192-09034-0010 RF BOARD OUTSOURCE DOCUMENT RF . .00
300-09034-0010 RF BOARD KRA 405B RF . .00
300-09034-9900 RF BOARD ASSEMBLY KRA 405B RF . .00
Page 10067
006-15536-0006 Rev. 6 34-42-10 Feb/2006
N
Page 10068
006-15536-0006 Rev. 6 34-42-10 Feb/2006
N

(Dwg No 300-09035-0000, Rev 2)
Page 10069/10070
006-15536-0006 Rev. 6 34-42-10 Feb/2006
N

(Dwg No 300-09035-0100, Rev B)
Page 10071/10072
006-15536-0006 Rev. 6 34-42-10 Feb/2006
N
PN DESCRIPTION REV
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
200-09035-0000 INTERCONNECT BOARD, KRA 405B AA
200-09035-0100 KRA 405B INTERCONNECT BOARD A
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FL1 017-00251-0001 RFI/EMI SUPP FIL EA 1.00 1.00
FL2 017-00251-0001 RFI/EMI SUPP FIL EA 1.00 1.00
JB4051 030-03290-0000 CONN, CIRCULAR, RECPT, FLTR 20-41P, PC TAILS EA 1.00 .
JB4051 030-03290-0001 CONN, CIRC, RECPT, FLTR, 20-41P, PC TAILS EA . 1.00
P3001 155-02832-0000 RIBBON CABLE HD EA 1.00 1.00
REF1 300-09035-0000 INTERCONNECT ASSY, KRA 405B RF .00 .
REF1 300-09035-0100 KRA 405B INTERCONNECT BOARD RF . .00
REF2 002-09035-0000 SCH INTERCONNECT BD. KRA 405B RF .00 .
SW1 031-00790-0000 SWITCH PUSHBUTTON EA 1.00 1.00
009-09035-0000 PCBD INTERFACE BD EA 1.00 .
009-09035-0100 KRA 405B INTERCONNECT BOARD EA . 1.00
016-01007-0003 LOCTITE 73 STUD AR 1.00 1.00
016-01040-0000 COATING TYPE AR AR 1.00 1.00
016-01082-0000 DC RTV 3145 AR 1.00 1.00
057-03231-0004 BDX-26147-0004 EA 1.00 1.00
057-05144-0000 ESD TAG EXTR CARD EA 1.00 1.00
076-00372-0009 SPACER .750 EA 2.00 2.00
076-00372-0010 SPACER .844 EA 1.00 1.00
089-05903-0004 SCR PHP 4-40X1/4 EA 5.00 5.00
Page 10073
006-15536-0006 Rev. 6 34-42-10 Feb/2006
N
Page 10074
006-15536-0006 Rev. 6 34-42-10 Feb/2006
N
STORAGE
1. General
This section provides procedures for the storage of the unit.
2. Storage Procedures
A. Short-Term Storage
The unit can be temporarily stored on the shelf but should not be
exposed to extremes of temperature, humidity, or other environmental
conditions without additional protection. The use of plug covers
is recommended.
B. Long-Term Storage
For long-term or unlimited storage, it is recommended that the unit

be packaged as for shipment and that a suitable desiccant be placed
within the container. Mark the packing date plainly on the contain-
er. An alternate method is to store the unit in a location having
a carefully controlled, low-humidity environment. Units which have
been in long-term storage must be visually inspected, cleaned, and
must pass the functional test in the TESTING AND FAULT ISOLATION
section of this manual before returning to service.
Page 15001
006-15536-0006 Rev. 6 34-42-10 Feb/2006
N
Page 15002
006-15536-0006 Rev. 6 34-42-10 Feb/2006

CMM-006-15536-0006 - 6 - Radar Altimeter

Uploaded by

Document Information

Original Title

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

CMM-006-15536-0006 - 6 - Radar Altimeter

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

COMPONENT MAINTENANCE

MANUAL NUMBER 006-15536-0006

©1997, 1999, 2002, 2003, 2005, 2006 Honeywell International Inc.

REPRODUCTION OF THIS PUBLICATION OR ANY PORTION THEREOF BY ANY MEANS

Component Maintenance Manual

IF ANY UNUSUAL OR SPECIFIC SERVICE PROBLEMS ARISE, CONTACT HONEYWELL,

This document contains proprietary information and

THIS PAGE IS RESERVED

REV. REVISION DATE DATE

RECORD OF REVISIONS (cont.)

REV. REVISION DATE DATE

SERVICE/SOFTWARE MANUAL MANUAL

KRA 405B-1 2 Feb/2002 S/N 1800

KRA 405B-2 2 Feb/2002 S/N 2232

KRA 405B-3 2 Feb/2002 S/N 2203

KRA 405B-4 2 Feb/2002 S/N 2706

KRA 405B-SW1 2 Feb/2002 S/N 1831

KRA 405B-SW2 2 Feb/2002 S/N 2033

KRA 405B-5 3 Nov/2003 See Service Bulletin For Details

KRA 405B-6 3 Nov/2003 See Service Bulletin For Details

KRA 405B-7 3 Nov/2003 S/N 3686

KRA 405B-8 3 Nov/2003 S/N 3686

KRA 405B-9 3 Nov/2003 S/N 3895

KRA 405B-10 4 Mar/2005 S/N 4390

KRA 405B-11 5 Oct/2005 S/N 4575

KRA 405B-12 5 Oct/2005 S/N 4708

KRA 405B-13 6 Feb/2006 S/N 5207

KRA 405B-M1 6 Feb/2006 -2001 Units with Mod 12 incorp.

THIS PAGE IS RESERVED

Title Page * T-1 Feb/2006

Revision Highlights * RH-1 Feb/2006

Record of Revisions * RR-1 Feb/2006

Service Bulletin List * SB-1 Feb/2006

List of Effective Pages * LEP-1 Feb/2006

Table of Contents * TC-1 Feb/2006

Introduction * INTRO-1 Feb/2006

Description and Operation * 0 Feb/2006

Description and Operation (cont). * 7 Feb/2006

Description and Operation (cont). * 52 Feb/2006

Testing and Fault Isolation * 1001 Feb/2006

Testing and Fault Isolation (cont). * 1028 Feb/2006

Schematics * 2001 Feb/2006

Schematics (cont). 2014 Blank

Schematics (cont). F * 2059 Feb/2006

Schematics (cont). F * 2103 Feb/2006

Schematics (cont). F * 2147 Feb/2006

Schematics (cont). 2192 Blank

Disassembly * 3001 Feb/2006

Cleaning * 4001 Feb/2006

Check * 5001 Feb/2006

Repair * 6001 Feb/2006

Repair (cont). * 6009 Feb/2006

Assembly * 7001 Feb/2006

Special Tools, Fixtures and * 9001 Feb/2006

Illustrated Parts List * 10001 Feb/2006

Illustrated Parts List (cont). F * 10025 Feb/2006

Illustrated Parts List (cont). 10070 Blank

Storage * 15001 Feb/2006

DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION

2. Configurations Available ..............................................4

3. Leading Particulars ...................................................4

4. Brief Description of Equipment .......................................11

5. Theory of Operation ..................................................14